Table of Contents

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, DC 20549

 


Form 10-K

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)

OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended July 31, 2007   Commission file number 0-6715

Analogic Corporation

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Massachusetts   04-2454372

(State or other jurisdiction of

Incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

8 Centennial Drive, Peabody, Massachusetts   01960
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

(978) 326-4000

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of Each Class

 

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered

Common Stock, $.05 par value   NASDAQ Global Select Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes   þ     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant in not required to file report pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes   ¨     No   þ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   þ     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   þ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer   þ                     Accelerated filer   ¨                     Non-accelerated filer   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.)    Yes   ¨     No   þ

The aggregate market value of the registrant’s Common Stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant at January 31, 2007 was approximately $913,749,020. As of September 14, 2007, there were 13,238,792 shares of Common Stock outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:

Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement, which will be issued in connection with the 2008 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 



Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page No.

PART I

   2

Item 1. Business

   2

Item 1A. Risk Factors

   9

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

   14

Item 2. Properties

   14

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

   14

Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

   14

PART II

   17

Item 5. Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

   17

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

   20

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

   21

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

   36

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

   36

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

   36

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

   36

Item 9B. Other Information

   37

PART III

   38

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

   38

Item 11. Executive Compensation

   38

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

   38

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

   38

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

   38
PART IV    39

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

   39

SIGNATURES

   40

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

   42

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

   83


Table of Contents

PART I

 

Item 1. Business

Developments During Fiscal Year 2007

All dollar amounts in this Item 1 are in thousands except per share data.

Total revenues from continued operations of Analogic Corporation (hereinafter, together with its subsidiaries, referred to as “Analogic” or the “Company”) for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2007 (“fiscal year 2007”), were $340,782 as compared to $351,445 for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2006 (“fiscal year 2006”). Net income for fiscal year 2007 was $15,380, or $1.10 per diluted share, as compared to $25,066 or $1.81 per diluted share, for fiscal year 2006. Net income in fiscal year 2007 includes income before taxes on the sale of the Company’s 17% ownership interest in Bio-Imaging Research, Inc. (“BIR”) and related dividend income totaling $4,036. Net income from continuing operations for fiscal year 2007 was $15,380, or $1.10, per diluted share, as compared to $4,600, or $0.33 per diluted share, for fiscal year 2006. Net income in fiscal year 2006 includes a gain of $20,207, or $1.46 per diluted per share, from the sale of the Company’s wholly owned subsidiary Camtronics Medical Systems, Ltd. (“Camtronics”).

As a result of continuing losses in its digital radiography business and a negative business outlook, the Company evaluated the net realizability of all of the related assets at October 31, 2006. As a result, the Company recorded an asset impairment charge of $9,705 associated with the write-down of the Company’s digital radiography system business assets to their estimated fair values as a group based upon the present value of estimated future cash flows of the business. Of the $9,705 in asset impairment charges, $8,625 was recorded to cost of sales and $1,080 was recorded to operating expenses. The $8,625 asset impairment charge recorded to cost of sales included $4,144 related to inventory, $4,191 related to a software license, and $290 related to other assets. The $1,080 asset impairment charge recorded to operating expenses included $696 related to capitalized software under development at the time and $384 related to other assets. During fiscal year 2007, the Company continued to consider several alternatives regarding how to reduce future losses of the digital radiography business. In August 2007, the Company notified customers of its subsidiary, ANEXA Corporation (“Anexa”), that sales and marketing of Anexa products would cease immediately, but that Analogic would continue to service and support the products previously sold to customers for the foreseeable future.

On November 1, 2006, the Company sold certain assets and liabilities of its wholly owned subsidiary, AnaSky Limited, formerly known as SKY Computers, Inc. (“SKY”), including its obligation to service previously sold products, for a price of $405. The $405 includes $225 in cash paid at closing, $150 in cash paid in December 2006, and the assumption of $30 in liabilities. The Company recorded a gain of $205 from the sale in fiscal year 2007.

On November 8, 2006, John W. Wood Jr. resigned as the Company’s President. Mr. Wood’s retirement as the Company’s CEO and as a director was effective December 31, 2006. The Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) appointed Dr. Edmund F. Becker, Jr. as President and Chief Operating Officer effective November 8, 2006, on an interim basis. The Board appointed Bernard M. Gordon as Executive Chairman and John A. Tarello, the Company’s former Chairman of the Board, as Vice Chairman of the Board, on an interim basis while a search for a successor to Mr. Wood was conducted. As Executive Chairman, Mr. Gordon served as Chairman of the Board and as the Company’s principal executive officer. On May 7, 2007, the Board appointed James W. Green as the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer, effective May 21, 2007. Effective May 21, 2007, Mr. Gordon ceased being the Company’s Executive Chairman and principal executive officer, but continued to serve as an advisor to the Company through July 31, 2007. Mr. Gordon will continue to serve as Chairman of the Board. Also effective May 21, 2007, Dr. Becker ceased being the Company’s President and was appointed as Executive Vice President, while maintaining his role as Chief Operating Officer.

 

2


Table of Contents

On May 23, 2007, BIR declared a dividend, of which $1,429 was paid to the Company on May 24, 2007. This investment was accounted for under the cost method and the book value was $200 on May 24, 2007. On May 24, 2007, the Company sold its entire ownership interest in BIR for $3,714, of which $2,807 was paid in cash upon closing and the remaining $907 will be held in escrow for a period of up to two years from the date of closing to secure any indemnification claims. The Company recorded income before taxes on the sale and related dividend income of $4,036 during fiscal year 2007 based on the cash received through July 31, 2007. The escrowed balance, less any amounts used to satisfy indemnification claims, will be recognized as income as the cash is received. On September 4, 2007, the Company received $84 of the $907 held in escrow, which will be recorded as income in the first quarter of the fiscal year ending July 31, 2008 (“fiscal year 2008”).

On June 7, 2007, the Company announced that its Board on June 5, 2007, had authorized the repurchase of up to $60,000 of the Company’s Common Stock. The repurchase program was funded using the Company’s available cash. During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2007, the Company repurchased 818,030 shares of Common Stock under this repurchase program for $60,000 at an average purchase price of $73.35 per share. The repurchase program was completed on July 26, 2007.

Description of Business

Analogic was incorporated in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts in November 1967. Analogic is a leading designer and manufacturer of advanced health and security systems and subsystems sold primarily to Original Equipment Manufacturers (“OEMs”). The Company is recognized worldwide for advancing state-of-the-art technology in the areas of Automated Explosives Detection, Computed Tomography (“CT”), Digital Radiography (“DR”), Ultrasound, Magnetic Resonance Imaging (“MRI”), Patient Monitoring, and Advance Signal Processing. Analogic’s OEM customers incorporate Analogic’s state-of-the-art products into systems used in health and security applications. One of Analogic’s subsidiaries sells products under its own name directly to niche end-user markets.

Analogic conceives, designs, manufactures, and sells standard and customized high-precision data acquisition, and signal and image-processing-based medical and security systems and subsystems. For decades, Analogic has been a leader in the application of precision analog-to-digital (“A/D”) and digital-to-analog (“D/A”) conversion technology. This technology involves the conversion of continuously varying electrical signals in analog form, such as those representing temperature, pressure, voltage, weight, velocity, and ultrasound and X-ray intensity, into and from the digital form required by medical and security imaging and monitoring equipment, and other data processing equipment, as well as in subsystems and systems based on such technology.

In addition to precision measurement, many of Analogic’s products perform very high-speed, complex calculations on the data being analyzed. Thus, Analogic’s products are an integral part of the communications links between various analog sensors, detectors, or transducers, and the people or systems that interpret or utilize this information.

The Company operates primarily within two major markets within the electronics industry: Medical Technology Products and Security Technology Products. Medical Technology Products consists of three reporting segments: Medical Imaging Products, which consists primarily of electronic systems and subsystems for medical imaging equipment and patient monitoring; Digital Radiography Products, which consists primarily of X-ray detectors and direct digital radiography systems for diagnostic and interventional applications in mammography, cardiac, orthopedic, and general radiology applications; and B-K Medical ApS (“B-K Medical”) for ultrasound systems and probes in the urology, surgery, and radiology markets. Security Technology Products consists of advanced explosives detection and weapon-and-threat detection systems and subsystems. The Company’s Corporate and Other segment represents the Company’s hotel business, net interest income, and other Company operations, primarily analog-to-digital converters and supporting modules. Due to the

 

3


Table of Contents

Company’s change in management and the information reviewed by the Company’s principal executive officer during the second quarter of fiscal year 2007, the Company performed a review of its segment reporting disclosure under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 131, “ Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information ”. Based on that review, the Company determined that it has an additional reporting segment under Medical Technology Products called Digital Radiography Products. (See Note 18 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.) In August 2007, the Company notified customers of Anexa, which is included in the Digital Radiography Products segment, that sales and marketing of Anexa products would cease immediately, but that Analogic would continue to service and support the products previously sold to customers for the foreseeable future.

Medical Imaging Products

Medical Imaging Products, which accounted for approximately 58% of product and engineering revenue in fiscal year 2007, consists primarily of electronic systems and subsystems for medical imaging equipment and patient monitoring equipment.

A number of Analogic’s medical imaging detectors and data acquisition systems are incorporated by manufacturers around the world into advanced X-ray equipment known as CT scanners. These scanners generate images of the internal anatomy for medical diagnostics. Analogic’s detection and data acquisition systems allow its customers to remain at the forefront of this rapidly advancing field in terms of increased resolution and more rapid data acquisition. The Company also manufactures other CT subsystems incorporating its proprietary technology. Some of these CT systems are integrated with other technologies, such as radiotherapy systems. The Company also designs and manufactures other advanced subsystems for its OEM customers, such as Radio Frequency (“RF”) amplifiers and Gradient Coil (“GC”) amplifiers for use in medical MRI scanners, ultrasound tomographic systems for breast imaging, and florescent molecular imagers using optical tomography for the pharmaceutical industry.

Sound Technology, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary, develops and manufactures ultrasound transducers and probes for a broad range of clinical applications. These products are supplied to a global customer base of ultrasound system OEMs, including B-K Medical, a wholly owned subsidiary.

The Company manufactures a variety of multi-functional, custom patient monitoring instruments for OEM customers and the co-branded LIFEGARD ® family of non-invasive patient and ante partum fetal monitors marketed by CAS Medical, of Branford, Connecticut. Instruments include vital signs monitors as well as invasive, minimally invasive, and non-invasive specialty monitors. The Company is recognized as a world leader in the measurement of continuous cardiac output and in non-invasively measuring a growing number of specialty parameters. These monitors are designed to be used in a wide variety of hospital settings, including the emergency room, intensive care units, sub-acute units, and general care and surgical centers, as well as in clinics, physicians’ offices, and the home.

The Company manufactures fetal monitoring products for acquisition, conversion, and display of biomedical signals under the FETALGARD ® brand. These monitors, designed for use in ante partum applications, have the capability to non-invasively measure, compute, display, and print fetal heart rates, maternal contraction frequency, and relative intensity to determine both maternal and fetal well-being.

Digital Radiography Products

Direct Digital Radiography Products (“DDR”) accounted for approximately 6% of product and engineering revenues in fiscal year 2007. DDR systems use a solid-state, flat-panel, detector technology consisting of a scintillator coating over a Thin-Film-Transistor (“TFT”) array to convert X-rays into electrical signals, digitize these signals, and create an image. DDR systems are developed and manufactured for direct sale to select markets by Anexa.

 

4


Table of Contents

Anexa markets and sells complete advanced digital radiography solutions to end users for applications such as orthopedics, emergency medicine, pediatrics, and general radiology in orthopedic practices, small-to-mid-sized hospitals and imaging centers. In August 2007, the Company notified customers of Anexa that sales and marketing of Anexa products would cease immediately, but that Analogic would continue to service and support the products previously sold to customers for the foreseeable future.

ANRAD CORPORATION (“Anrad”), a wholly owned subsidiary, designs and manufactures for OEM customers state-of-the-art, direct conversion amorphous Selenium-based, digital, flat-panel, X-ray detectors for diagnostic and interventional applications in digital fluoroscopy and mammography.

B-K Medical

B-K Medical, which designs and manufactures ultrasound systems and probes for end-user markets in urology, surgery, and radiology, accounted for approximately 24% of product and engineering revenues in fiscal year 2007. Its scanners generate real-time images of the internal anatomy that are used for medical diagnosis and interventional procedures.

Security Technology Products

Security Technology Products, which provides advanced explosives and weapons detection systems for checked luggage and carry-on luggage at checkpoints, accounted for approximately 12% of product and engineering revenue in fiscal year 2007.

Analogic designs and manufactures the EXplosive Assessment Computed Tomography scanner (“EXACT ® ”). The EXACT is the world’s first dual-energy, helical-cone-beam, 24-slice CT scanner, and certified security detection system capable of generating data for full three-dimensional (“3-D”) images of every object contained within a piece of luggage. The EXACT is the core system of L-3’s eXaminer 3DX ® (the “eXaminer”) systems, the first explosive detection system certified by the Federal Aviation Administration. The eXaminer is being sold to the U.S. Federal Government for installation at major U.S. airports to scan checked luggage and by international airport security authorities for installation at airports in the U.S., Europe, Asia, and Central America.

Analogic has also designed a high-speed, low-cost, CT-based checkpoint security imaging system, the COBRA ® , to detect explosives, guns, and other threats. This system is designed to automatically detect explosives and weapons in carry-on luggage at checkpoints in airports and at portals for cruise ships and other high security government complexes. In August and September 2007, COBRA was installed for pilot testing at the Hopkins International in Cleveland, Ohio and Baltimore-Washington International Airports. The Company is developing the KING COBRA to scan checked luggage at small to mid-sized airports, and the XLB1100 ultra-high-speed explosives detection system for airports requiring baggage throughput of up to 1,100 bags an hour. The XLB1100 is currently at the U.S. Transportation Security Administration under-going Certification Readiness Testing.

Corporate and Other

Corporate and Other, consisting primarily of the Company’s hotel business, net interest income, and other Company operations, primarily analog-to-digital converters and supporting modules, accounted for no product and engineering revenue in fiscal year 2007.

The Company owns a hotel, managed for the Company under a contract with Marriott Hotel Services, Inc., which is located on approximately 7.5 acres of land adjacent to the Company’s principal executive offices and manufacturing facility in Peabody, Massachusetts. The facility is strategically situated in an industrial park and is in close proximity to the historic and tourist area of Boston’s North Shore, approximately 18 miles from Boston. It has 256 guest rooms, a ballroom, several function rooms, and appropriate recreational facilities.

SKY designed and manufactured high-performance embedded multicomputing platforms used in advanced medical, military, and industrial imaging applications. On November 1, 2006, the Company sold certain assets

 

5


Table of Contents

and liabilities of SKY, including its obligation to service previously sold products, for a price of $405. The $405 included $225 in cash paid at closing, $150 in cash paid in December 2006, and the assumption of $30 in liabilities. The Company recorded a gain of $205 from the sale in fiscal year 2007.

Marketing and Distribution

The Company sells its products domestically and abroad directly through its employees and subsidiaries in Europe, Canada, and United States, and on occasion through a network of independent sales representatives and distributors located in principal cities around the world. The majority of distributors order from the Company as they receive orders from their customers and do not stock inventory for resale. Generally, sales made to distributors are based on fixed discounts applied to established list prices under normal payment terms. Returns are allowed for defective products under authorized warranty repair. Some of Analogic’s distributors also represent manufacturers of competing products.

Sources of Raw Materials and Components

In general, Analogic’s products are composed of Company-designed electronic and mechanical elements, including proprietary integrated circuits, printed circuit boards, detectors, power supplies, and displays manufactured by Analogic and others in accordance with Analogic’s specifications. Most items procured from third-party suppliers are believed to be available from more than one source. However, it might become necessary, if a given component ceases to be available, for Analogic to modify a product design to adapt to a substitute component, or to purchase new tooling to enable a new supplier to manufacture the component, either of which could result in additional expense and/or delay in product sales. Also, from time to time the availability of certain electronic components has been disrupted. Accordingly, Analogic carries a substantial inventory of raw materials and components in an effort to ensure its ability to make timely delivery to its customers.

Patents and Licenses

The Company holds approximately 190 patents of varying duration issued in the United States, which cover technology developed by it. In many instances, the Company holds corresponding foreign patents. The Company regularly files U.S. patent applications and, where appropriate, foreign patent applications. The Company also files continuations to cover both new and improved methods, apparatus, processes, designs, and products. At present, approximately 52 U.S. and foreign patent applications are in process.

The Company also relies on a combination of trade secret, copyright, and trademark laws, as well as contractual agreements to safeguard its proprietary rights in technology and products. In seeking to limit access to sensitive information to the greatest practical extent, the Company routinely enters into confidentiality and assignment-of- invention agreements with each of its employees, and confidentiality agreements with its key customers and vendors.

Management believes that any legal protection afforded by patent and copyright laws is of secondary importance as a factor in the Company’s ability to compete. Future prospects are more a function of the continuing level of excellence and creativity of the Company’s engineers in developing products that satisfy customer needs, and the marketing skills and managerial competence of the Company’s personnel in selling those products. Moreover, the Company believes that market positioning and rapid market entry are equally important to the success of its products. Management is of the opinion that the loss of patent protection would not have a material effect on the Company’s competitive position.

Seasonal Aspect of Business

There is no material seasonal element to the Company’s business, although plant closings in the summer, particularly in Europe, tend to decrease the procurement activities of certain customers during the first quarter of the Company’s fiscal year.

 

6


Table of Contents

Working Capital Matters

The Company does not carry a substantial inventory of finished goods but does carry a substantial inventory of raw material components and work-in-process to enable it to meet its customers’ delivery requirements. (See Note 8 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.)

Material Customers

The Company had three customers, as set forth in the table below, who accounted for 10% or more of the net product and engineering revenue during fiscal year 2007, fiscal year 2006, and the fiscal year ended July 31, 2005 (“fiscal year 2005”).

 

     Year Ended July 31,  
         2007             2006             2005      

Customer 1

   18 %   19 %   15 %

Customer 2

   11 %   17 %   16 %

Customer 3

   (* )   (* )   10 %

Note (*): Total product and engineering revenues were less than 10% in this fiscal year.

The Company’s ten largest customers as a group accounted for 68%, 70%, and 66% of the Company’s net product and engineering revenue for fiscal years 2007, 2006, and 2005, respectively. Loss of any one of these customers would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business.

Backlog

The backlog at July 31, 2007 was $101,574 as compared with $74,691 at July 31, 2006. The increase of $26,883 in the backlog is principally due to increases in Medical Imaging, Security Technology, and Digital Radiography products of $12,119, $10,231, and $5,306, respectively. The increase in Medical Imaging products is due primarily to the release of new data management and data acquisition systems for OEM customers during fiscal year 2007. The increase in Security Technology products is due primarily to an increase in orders for the EXACT systems. The increase in Digital Radiography products is due primarily to a supply agreement with an OEM customer for mammography detectors, shipments of which are expected to begin in the first quarter of fiscal year 2008. Many of the orders in the Company’s backlog permit cancellation by the customer under certain circumstances. To date, the Company has not experienced material cancellations of orders. The Company reasonably expects to ship substantially all of its backlog at July 31, 2007 during fiscal year 2008.

Government Contracts

The Company does a significant amount of business with agencies of the federal government, either directly or as a subcontractor. The Company’s contracts with government agencies, and the government contracts of other parties under which the Company is serving as a subcontractor, are subject to termination at the election of the government agency. While none of the Company’s government contracts or subcontracts provide for renegotiation of profits at the election of the government, it is possible that the government agency would request, and that the Company would under certain circumstances agree to, the renegotiation of the payments provided for under such contracts. However, the Company has not in the past renegotiated any significant payment terms under its government contracts or subcontracts.

Competition

Analogic is subject to competition based upon product design, performance, pricing, quality, and service. Analogic believes that its innovative engineering and product reliability have been important factors in its growth. While the Company tries to maintain competitive pricing on those products that are directly comparable

 

7


Table of Contents

to products manufactured by others, in many instances, Analogic’s products conform to more exacting specifications and carry a higher price than analogous products manufactured by others.

Analogic’s medical X-ray imaging systems are specialized for the needs of the Company’s customers. The Company considers its selection by its OEM customers for the design and manufacture of these products and its other medical products to be due more to the “make-or-buy” decision of its individual OEM customers rather than a function of other competitors in the field. Many OEM customers and potential OEM customers of the Company have the capacity to design and manufacture these products for themselves. In the Company’s area of expertise, the continued signing of new contracts indicates strength in the Company’s relationship with its major customers, although some of these customers commit to shorter-term contracts.

Analogic’s competitors include divisions of some larger, more diversified organizations, as well as several specialized companies. Some of them have greater resources and larger staffs than Analogic. The Company believes that it is a leading OEM supplier of CT subsystems and systems for the medical and security industries, respectively.

Research and Product Development

Research and product development (“R&D”) is a significant factor in Analogic’s business. The Company maintains a constant and comprehensive R&D program directed toward the creation of new products and the improvement and refinement of its present products and the expansion of their applications.

Company funds expended for R&D amounted to $46,955 in fiscal year 2007, $51,790 in fiscal year 2006, and $50,470 in fiscal year 2005. Analogic intends to continue its emphasis on new product development. As of July 31, 2007, Analogic employed approximately 420 employees engaged in research and product development activities, including electrical engineers, software engineers, physicists, mathematicians, and technicians. These individuals, in conjunction with the Company’s sales and marketing staff, also devote a portion of their time to assisting customers in utilizing the Company’s products, developing new uses for these products, and anticipating customer requirements for new products.

The Company capitalized $1,295 and $1,109 in fiscal year 2007 and fiscal year 2006, respectively, of computer software testing and coding costs incurred after technological feasibility was established. These costs are amortized using a straight-line method over the estimated economic life of the related products, generally three years, and are included in product cost of sales.

Environment

The Company’s manufacturing facilities are subject to numerous environmental laws and regulations, particularly with respect to industrial waste and emissions. Compliance with these laws and regulations has not had a material impact on the Company’s capital expenditures, earnings, or competitive position.

Employees

As of July 31, 2007, the Company employed approximately 1,500 employees.

Financial Information about Foreign and Domestic Operations and Export Revenue

Domestic and foreign revenues were $273,746 and $67,036, respectively, for fiscal year 2007 as compared to $281,575 and $69,870, respectively, in fiscal year 2006, and $271,190 and $55,289, respectively, in fiscal year 2005.

Export revenue from sales of products and engineering services from the United States primarily to companies in Europe and Asia, amounted to $93,639 (28%) of product and engineering revenue in fiscal year

 

8


Table of Contents

2007 as compared to $101,945 (30%) in fiscal year 2006, and $104,855 (33%) in fiscal year 2005. The Company’s export revenue on a gross margin percentage basis is at least as profitable as its domestic revenue. The Company’s export revenue is denominated in U.S. dollars.

Management does not believe the Company’s foreign and export revenue is subject to significantly greater risks than its domestic revenue.

Available Information

The Company’s website address is www.analogic.com . The information on the Company’s website is not incorporated by reference into this document and should not be considered to be a part of this document. The Company’s website address is included in this document as an inactive textual reference only.

The Company makes available free of charge through its website its Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to the reports as soon as reasonably practicable after the Company electronically files such material with, or furnishes such material to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).

 

Item 1A. Risk Factors

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains statements, which, to the extent that they are not recitation of historical facts, constitute “forward-looking statements” pursuant to the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Investors are cautioned that all forward-looking statements, including, without limitation, statements about product development, market and industry trends, strategic initiatives, regulatory approvals, sales, profits, expenses, price trends, research and development expenses and trends, and capital expenditures, involve risk and uncertainties, and actual events and results may differ significantly from those indicated in any forward-looking statement as a result of a number of important factors, including those discussed below and elsewhere herein.

You should carefully consider the risks described below before making an investment decision with respect to Analogic Common Stock. Additional risks not presently known to the Company, or that the Company currently deems immaterial, may also impair the Company’s business. Any of these could have a material and negative effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, or results of operations.

Because a significant portion of the Company’s revenue currently comes from a small number of customers, any decrease in revenue from these customers could harm the Company’s operating results.

The Company depends on a small number of customers for a large portion of its business, and changes in its customers’ orders may have a significant impact on the Company’s operating results. If a major customer significantly reduces the amount of business it does with the Company, there would be an adverse impact on its operating results.

The Company had three customers, as set forth in the table below, who accounted for 10% or more of the net product and engineering revenue during fiscal years 2007, 2006, and 2005.

 

     Year Ended July 31,  
     2007     2006     2005  

Customer 1

   18 %   19 %   15 %

Customer 2

   11 %   17 %   16 %

Customer 3

   (* )   (* )   10 %

Note  (*): Total product and engineering revenues were less than 10% in this fiscal year.

 

9


Table of Contents

The Company’s ten largest customers as a group accounted for 68%, 70%, and 66% of the Company’s net product and engineering revenue for fiscal years 2007, 2006, and 2005, respectively.

Although the Company is seeking to broaden its customer base, it will continue to depend on sales to a relatively small number of major customers. Because it often takes significant time to replace lost business, it is likely that the Company’s operating results would be adversely affected if one or more of the Company’s major customers were to cancel, delay, or reduce significant orders in the future. The Company’s customer agreements typically permit the customer to discontinue future purchases after timely notice.

In addition, the Company generates significant accounts receivable in connection with the products the Company sells and the services it provides to its major customers. Although the Company’s major customers are large corporations, if one or more of its customers were to become insolvent or otherwise be unable to pay for the Company’s products and services, the Company’s operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected.

Competition from existing or new companies in the medical and security imaging technology industry could cause the Company to experience downward pressure on prices, fewer customer orders, reduced margins, the inability to take advantage of new business opportunities, and the loss of market share.

The Company operates in a highly competitive industry. The Company is subject to competition based on product design, performance, pricing, quality, and service offerings, and management believes the Company’s innovative engineering and product reliability have been important factors in its growth. While the Company tries to maintain competitive pricing on those products which are directly comparable to products manufactured by others, in many instances the Company’s products will conform to more exacting specifications and carry a higher price than analogous products manufactured by others.

The Company’s competitors include divisions of larger, more diversified organizations as well as specialized companies. Some of them have greater resources and larger staffs than the Company has. Many of the Company’s existing and potential OEM customers have the ability to design and manufacture internally the products that the Company manufactures for them. The Company faces competition from the research and product development groups and manufacturing operations of its existing and potential customers, who continually compare the benefits of internal research, product development, and manufacturing with the costs and benefits of outsourcing.

The Company depends on its suppliers, some of which are the sole source for certain components, and its production would be substantially curtailed if these suppliers were not able to meet the Company’s demands and alternative sources were not available.

The Company orders raw materials and components to complete its customers’ orders, and some of these raw materials and components are ordered from sole-source suppliers. Although the Company works with its customers and suppliers to minimize the impact of shortages in raw materials and components, the Company sometimes experiences short-term adverse effects due to price fluctuations and delayed shipments. In the past, there have been industry-wide shortages of electronics components. If a significant shortage of raw materials or components were to occur, the Company might have to delay shipments or pay premium pricing, which could adversely affect its operating results. In some cases, supply shortages of particular components will substantially curtail the Company’s production of products using these components. The Company is not always able to pass on price increases to its customers. Accordingly, some raw material and component price increases could adversely affect its operating results. The Company also depends on a small number of suppliers to provide many of the other raw materials and components that it uses in its business. Some of these suppliers are affiliated with customers or competitors, and others are small companies. If the Company were unable to continue to purchase these raw materials and components from its suppliers, its operating results could be adversely affected. Because many of the Company’s costs are fixed, its margins depend on the volume of output at its facilities, and a reduction in volume could adversely affect its margins.

 

10


Table of Contents

If the Company were to be left with excess inventory, its operating results would be adversely affected.

Because of long lead times and specialized product designs, the Company typically purchases components and manufactures products in anticipation of customer orders based on customer forecasts. For a variety of reasons, such as decreased end-user demand for the Company’s products, its customers might not purchase all of the products that it has manufactured or for which it has purchased components. In either event, the Company would attempt to recoup material and manufacturing costs by means such as returning components to its vendors, disposing of excess inventory through other channels, or requiring its OEM customers to purchase or otherwise compensate it for such excess inventory. Some of the Company’s significant customer agreements do not give it the ability to require its OEM customers to do this. To the extent that the Company was unsuccessful in recouping its material and manufacturing costs, its net sales and operating results would be adversely affected. Moreover, carrying excess inventory would reduce the working capital the Company has available to continue to operate and grow its business.

Uncertainties and adverse trends affecting the Company’s industry or any of its major customers may adversely affect its operating results.

The Company’s business operates primarily within two major markets within the electronics industry, Medical Technology Products and Security Technology Products, which are subject to rapid technological change and pricing and margin pressure. These markets have historically been cyclical and subject to significant downturns characterized by diminished product demand, rapid declines in average selling prices, and production over-capacity. In addition, changes in government policy relating to reimbursement for the purchase and use of medical and security-related capital equipment could also affect the Company’s sales. The Company’s customers’ markets are also subject to economic cycles and are likely to experience recessionary periods in the future. The economic conditions affecting the Company’s industry in general, or any of its major customers in particular, might adversely affect its operating results. The Company’s other businesses are subject to the same or greater technological and cyclical pressures.

The Company’s customers’ delay or inability to obtain any necessary United States or foreign regulatory clearances or approvals for their products could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business.

The Company’s products are used by a number of its customers in the production of medical devices that are subject to a high level of regulatory oversight. A delay in obtaining or inability to obtain any necessary United States or foreign regulatory clearances or approvals for products could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business. The process of obtaining clearances and approvals can be costly and time-consuming. There is a further risk that any approvals or clearances, once obtained, might be withdrawn or modified. Medical devices cannot be marketed in the United States without clearance from the United States Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”). Medical devices sold in the United States must also be manufactured in compliance with FDA rules and regulations, which regulate the design, manufacturing, packing, storage, and installation of medical devices. Moreover, medical devices are required to comply with FDA regulations relating to investigational research and labeling. States may also regulate the manufacturing, sale, and use of medical devices. Medical devices are also subject to approval and regulation by foreign regulatory and safety agencies.

The Company’s business strategy involves the pursuit of acquisitions or business combinations, which, if consummated, could be difficult to integrate, disrupt the Company’s business, dilute stockholder value, or divert management attention.

As part of the Company’s business strategy, the Company might consummate acquisitions or business combinations. Acquisitions are typically accompanied by a number of risks, including the difficulty of integrating the operations and personnel of the acquired companies, the potential disruption of the Company’s ongoing business and distraction of management, expenses related to the acquisition, and potential unknown

 

11


Table of Contents

liabilities associated with acquired businesses. If the Company does not successfully complete acquisitions that it pursues in the future, it could incur substantial expenses and devote significant management time and resources without generating any benefit to the Company. In addition, substantial portions of the Company’s available cash might be utilized as consideration for these acquisitions.

The Company’s annual and quarterly operating results are subject to fluctuations, which could affect the market price of its Common Stock.

The Company’s annual and quarterly results may vary significantly depending on various factors, many of which are beyond the Company’s control, and may not meet the expectations of securities analysts or investors. If this occurs, the price of the Company’s Common Stock would likely decline. These factors include:

 

   

variations in the timing and volume of customer orders relative to the Company’s manufacturing capacity;

 

   

introduction and market acceptance of the Company’s customers’ new products;

 

   

changes in demand for the Company’s customers’ existing products;

 

   

the timing of the Company’s expenditures in anticipation of future orders;

 

   

effectiveness in managing the Company’s manufacturing processes;

 

   

changes in competitive and economic conditions generally or in the Company’s customers’ markets;

 

   

changes in the cost or availability of components or skilled labor;

 

   

foreign currency exposure; and

 

   

investor and analyst perceptions of events affecting the Company, its competitors, and/or its industry.

A delay in anticipated sales could result in the deferral of the associated revenue beyond the end of a particular quarter, which would have a significant effect on the Company’s operating results for that quarter. In addition, most of the Company’s operating expenses do not vary directly with net sales and are difficult to adjust in the short term. As a result, if net sales for a particular quarter were below the Company’s expectations, it could not proportionately reduce operating expenses for that quarter. Hence, the revenue shortfall would have a disproportionate adverse effect on its operating results for that quarter.

Loss of any of the Company’s key personnel could hurt its business because of their industry experience and their technological expertise.

The Company operates in a highly competitive industry and depends on the services of its key senior executives and its technological experts. The loss of the services of one or several of its key employees or an inability to attract, train, and retain qualified and skilled employees, specifically engineering and operations personnel, could result in the loss of customers or otherwise inhibit the Company’s ability to operate and grow its business successfully.

If the Company is unable to maintain its expertise in research, product development, and manufacturing processes, it will not be able to compete successfully.

The Company believes that its future success depends upon its ability to provide research, product development, and manufacturing services that meet the changing needs of its customers. This requires that the Company successfully anticipate and respond to technological changes in design and manufacturing processes in a cost-effective and timely manner. As a result, the Company continually evaluates the advantages and feasibility of new product designs and manufacturing processes. The Company cannot, however, be certain that its development efforts will be successful.

 

12


Table of Contents

The September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks and the creation of the U.S. Department of Homeland Security have increased financial expectations that may not materialize.

The September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks and the subsequent creation of the U.S. Department of Homeland Security have created increased interest in the Company’s security and inspection systems. However, the level of demand for the Company’s products is not predictable and may vary over time. The Company does not know what solutions will continue to be adopted by the U.S. Department of Homeland Security as a result of terrorism and whether its products will continue to be a part of the solution. Additionally, should the Company’s products be considered as a part of the future security solution, it is unclear what the level of purchases may be and how quickly funding to purchase the Company’s products may be made available. These factors may adversely impact the Company and create unpredictability in revenues and operating results.

The Company is exposed to risks associated with international operations and markets.

The Company markets and sell products in international markets, and has established offices and subsidiaries in Denmark, Germany, Italy, and Canada. Revenues from international operations accounted for 20%, 20%, and 17% of total revenues for fiscal years 2007, 2006, and 2005, respectively. From its U.S. operations, the Company also ships directly to customers in Europe and Asia, for which shipments accounted for 28%, 30%, and 33% of total revenues for fiscal years 2007, 2006, and 2005, respectively. There are inherent risks in transacting business internationally, including:

 

   

changes in applicable laws and regulatory requirements;

 

   

export and import restrictions;

 

   

export controls relating to technology;

 

   

tariffs and other trade barriers;

 

   

intellectual property laws that offer less protection for the Company’s proprietary rights;

 

   

difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations;

 

   

longer payment cycles;

 

   

problems in collecting accounts receivable;

 

   

political instability;

 

   

fluctuations in currency exchange rates;

 

   

expatriation controls; and

 

   

potential adverse tax consequences.

There can be no assurance that one or more of these factors will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s future international activities and, consequently, on its business and results of operations.

If the Company becomes subject to intellectual property infringement claims, it could incur significant expenses and could be prevented from selling specific products.

The Company may become subject to claims that it infringes the intellectual property rights of others in the future. The Company cannot ensure that, if made, these claims will not be successful. Any claim of infringement could cause the Company to incur substantial costs defending against the claim even if the claim is invalid, and could distract management from other business. Any judgment against the Company could require substantial payment in damages and could also include an injunction or other court order that could prevent the Company from offering certain products.

 

13


Table of Contents

If operators of the Company’s security and inspection systems fail to detect weapons, explosives or other devises that are used to commit a terrorist act, the Company could be exposed to product liability and related claims for which it may not have adequate insurance coverage.

The Company’s business exposes it to potential product liability risks that are inherent in the development, manufacturing, sale and service of security inspection systems. The Company’s customers use its security and inspection systems to help them detect items that could be used in performing terrorist acts or other crimes. The training, reliability and competence of the customer’s operator are crucial to the detection of suspicious items. In addition, the Company’s security and inspection systems are not designed to work under all circumstances. The Company tests the reliability of its security and inspection systems during both their development and manufacturing phases. The Company also performs such tests if it is requested to perform installation, warranty or post-warranty servicing. However, the Company’s security inspection systems are advanced mechanical and electronic devices and therefore can malfunction.

As a result of the September 11, 2001, and 1993 World Trade Center bombing attacks, and the potential for future attacks, product liability insurance coverage for such threats is extremely difficult to obtain. It is very likely that, should the Company be found liable following a major act of terrorism, the insurance coverage it currently has in place would not fully cover the claims for damages.

 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

Not applicable.

 

Item 2. Properties

Analogic owns the land and building for its principal executive offices and major manufacturing facility located in Peabody, Massachusetts. This facility consists of approximately 514,000 square feet of manufacturing, engineering, and office space. The Company owns approximately 65 acres of land at this location, which can accommodate future expansion as required. The Company uses approximately 7 1/2 acres of this land for the Peabody Marriott Hotel, which is owned by a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company and managed by the Marriott Corporation.

The Company and its subsidiaries own and lease various other office, manufacturing, engineering, and sales facilities in both the United States and abroad. The Company believes that its existing facilities are generally adequate to meet its current needs, and that suitable additional or substitute space will be available on commercially reasonable terms when needed.

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information concerning certain leases.

 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

Not applicable.

 

Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

Not applicable.

 

14


Table of Contents

Executive Officers of the Registrant

The current executive officers of the Company are:

 

Name

   Age   

Position

  

Date Since Office

Has Been Held

James W. Green

   49    President and Chief Executive Officer    2007

Edmund F. Becker, Jr.

   71    Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer    2005

John J. Millerick

   59    Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and Treasurer    2000

Alex A. Van Adzin

   55    Vice President, General Counsel, and Secretary    2003

Donald B. Melson

   55    Vice President - Corporate Controller    2006

Executive officers of the Company are elected annually by the Board and hold office until their successors are chosen and qualified, subject to earlier removal by the Board.

There are no arrangements or understandings between any executive officer of the Company and any other person(s) pursuant to which such executive officer was selected as an officer of the Company.

James W. Green joined the Company as President and Chief Executive Officer in May 2007. Mr. Green was previously Regional Vice President, California Division, of Quest Diagnostics Incorporated, a leading provider of diagnostic testing, information, and services, from April 2005 to May 2007. Before joining Quest Diagnostics Incorporated, Mr. Green was Senior Vice President & General Manager of Computed Tomography for Philips Medical Systems, a global leader in the business of developing, manufacturing, and marketing computed tomography equipment used in medical imaging applications, from October 2001 to April 2005.

Edmund F. Becker, Jr. was appointed Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer in November 2005. Dr. Becker was appointed President and Chief Operating Officer in November 2006. Dr. Becker was appointed Analogic’s Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer in May 2007. Dr. Becker has been an employee of Analogic since 1977. Serving many years as Vice President and General Manager of the Medical Imaging Components Division, Dr. Becker headed Analogic’s medical imaging subsystems business as Analogic developed into the world’s leading supplier of subsystems to original equipment manufacturers in the emerging field of diagnostic medical imaging.

John J. Millerick joined the Company as Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and Treasurer in January 2000. Mr. Millerick was previously Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of CalComp Technology, Inc., a manufacturer of computer technology and peripherals, from 1996 to 1999. Before joining CalComp Technology, Inc., Mr. Millerick was Vice President-Finance of the Personal Computer Unit of Digital Equipment Corporation, a computer manufacturer, from 1994 to 1995. Before joining Digital Equipment Corporation, Mr. Millerick served in several management positions at Wang Laboratories, leaving as Vice President-Corporate Controller and Acting Chief Financial Officer.

Alex A. Van Adzin joined the Company as Vice President, General Counsel, and Clerk in October 2003. Mr. Van Adzin was appointed Vice President, General Counsel, and Secretary in April 2005. Mr. Van Adzin was engaged in private legal practice from 2002 to October 2003. Mr. Van Adzin was Senior Vice President, General Counsel, and Secretary at ManagedComp, Inc., a managed care workers’ compensation company, from 2001 to 2002. Prior to that, Mr. Van Adzin was Corporate Counsel at the Liberty Mutual Group, a diversified financial services company, from 1996 to 2001. Before joining Liberty Mutual Group, Mr. Van Adzin was Vice President and Corporate Counsel at Abex Inc., a diversified aerospace and automotive products company, from 1990 to 1995.

 

15


Table of Contents

Donald B. Melson joined the Company as Vice President—Corporate Controller in March 2006. Mr. Melson was previously Vice President and Corporate Controller of Millipore Corporation, a publicly held global manufacturer of products and services for biopharmaceutical manufacturing and life science laboratories, from 2000 to 2006. Prior to this position, Mr. Melson held a number of financial management positions in Millipore Corporation and W. R. Grace & Co.

 

16


Table of Contents

PART II

 

Item 5. Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The Company’s Common Stock trades on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol: ALOG. The following table sets forth the high and low sales prices per share of the Common Stock, as reported by the NASDAQ Global Select Market, for each quarterly period indicated in the table below:

 

Fiscal Year

   High    Low

2006

     

First Quarter

   $  53.00    $ 46.00

Second Quarter

     56.76      44.95

Third Quarter

     67.48      52.75

Fourth Quarter

     65.10      43.78

2007

     

First Quarter

   $ 59.35    $  44.27

Second Quarter

     59.42      48.00

Third Quarter

     63.97      52.80

Fourth Quarter

     75.92      61.15

As of August 31, 2007, there were approximately 866 holders of record of Common Stock.

Because many of the shares are held by brokers and other institutions on behalf of stockholders, the Company is unable to estimate the total number of individual stockholders represented by these holders of record.

Dividends of $0.10 per share were declared for each of the quarters of fiscal year 2007. A dividend of $0.08 per share was declared for the first quarter of fiscal year 2006, and dividends of $0.10 per share were declared for each of the subsequent three quarters of fiscal year 2006. The policy of the Company is to retain sufficient earnings to provide funds for the operation and expansion of its business.

The following table provides information about repurchases by the Company of Common Stock during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2007.

 

Period

   Total Number
of Shares
Purchased (1)
    Average Price Paid
per Share
   Total Number of
Shares Purchased
as Part of Publicly
Announced Plans or
Programs
   Maximum Number (or Approximate
Dollar Value) of Shares that May
Yet Be Purchased Under the
Plans or Programs

5/1/07-5/31/07

   —       $ —      —      —  

6/1/07-6/30/07

   362,678 (2)   $ 71.77    359,515    458,515

7/1/07-7/31/07

   458,515     $ 74.56    458,515    —  
                      

Total

   821,193     $ 73.33    818,030    —  
                      

(1) Except as noted in note (2), all shares were purchased in open-market transactions pursuant to a repurchase program authorized by the Board that was announced on June 7, 2007 to repurchase up to $60.0 million of the Company’s Common Stock. The repurchase program was funded using the Company’s available cash. During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2007, the Company repurchased 818,030 shares of Common Stock under this repurchase program for $60.0 million at an average purchase price of $73.35 per share. The repurchase program was completed on July 26, 2007.
(2) Includes an aggregate of 3,163 shares surrendered by employees in order to meet tax withholding obligations in connection with the vesting of restricted stock awards.

 

17


Table of Contents

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

The following table provides information about the shares of Common Stock authorized for issuance under the Company’s equity compensation plans as of July 31, 2007:

Equity Compensation Plan Information

 

Plan Category

   (a)
Number of Securities
to be Issued Upon
Exercise of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights
  

(b)

Weighted-Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights

  

(c)

Number of Securities
Remaining Available for
Future Issuance Under
Equity Compensation
Plans (Excluding
Securities Reflected in
Column (a))

 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

   338,588    $  47.55    1,097,189 (1)

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

   —        —      —    
                  

Total

   338,588    $ 47.55    1,097,189 (1)
                  

(1) Includes 478,102 shares issuable under the Company’s Employee Stock Purchase Plan in connection with current and future offering periods under that plan.

 

18


Table of Contents

Comparison of Five-Year Cumulative Total Returns

The graph below compares the cumulative total stockholder return on the Company’s Common Stock with the cumulative total return on the Center for Research in Security Prices of the University of Chicago (“CRSP”) Total Return Index for the NASDAQ Stock Market (U.S. Companies) and the CRSP Total Return Index for all NASDAQ stocks with SIC Codes related to the Company’s business. The graph assumes $100 invested on July 31, 2002, in the Company’s Common Stock and $100 invested at that time in each of the NASDAQ indexes. The comparison assumes that all dividends are reinvested.

LOGO

Prepared by CRSP (www.crsp.uchicago.edu), Center for Research in Security Prices, Graduate School of Business, The University of Chicago. Used with permission. All rights reserved. Copyright 2007.

 

19


Table of Contents
Item 6. Selected Financial Data

The following selected consolidated financial data are derived from the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements and notes thereto and should be read in connection with, and are qualified in their entirety, by the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements and notes thereto and other financial information included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

     (In Thousands, except per share data)  
     Year Ended July 31,  
     2007    2006     2005     2004     2003  

Total net revenue

   $ 340,782    $ 351,445     $ 326,479     $ 304,205     $ 431,654  

Total cost of sales (A)

     223,567      230,310       203,089       184,948       254,497  

Gross margin

     117,215      121,135       123,390       119,257       177,157  

Income (loss) from operations (A)

     2,325      (5,249 )     1,203       7,463       73,641  

Income from continuing operations before discontinued operations and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle (B)

     15,380      4,600       34,659       10,155       52,002  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

     —        139       (5,797 )     (1,801 )     (2,471 )

Gain on disposal of discontinued operations (C)

     —        20,207       —         —         —    

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax

     —        120       —         —         —    
                                       

Net income

   $ 15,380    $ 25,066     $ 28,862     $ 8,354     $ 49,531  
                                       

Basic earnings (loss) per share:

           

Income from continuing operations

   $ 1.11    $ 0.34     $ 2.55     $ 0.75     $ 3.92  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

     —        0.01       (0.42 )     (0.13 )     (0.18 )

Gain on disposal of discontinued operations, net of tax

     —        1.47       —         —         —    

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax

     —        0.01       —         —         —    
                                       

Net income

   $ 1.11    $ 1.83     $ 2.13     $ 0.62     $ 3.74  
                                       

Diluted earnings (loss) per share:

           

Income from continuing operations

   $ 1.10    $ 0.33     $ 2.54     $ 0.75     $ 3.88  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

     —        0.01       (0.42 )     (0.13 )     (0.18 )

Gain on disposal of discontinued operations, net of tax

     —        1.46       —         —         —    

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax

     —        0.01       —         —         —    
                                       

Net income

   $ 1.10    $ 1.81     $ 2.12     $ 0.62     $ 3.70  
                                       

Cash dividends declared per common share

   $ 0.40    $ 0.38     $ 0.32     $ 0.32     $ 0.32  

Weighted average shares outstanding:

           

Basic

     13,814      13,704       13,566       13,463       13,251  

Diluted

     13,946      13,853       13,619       13,519       13,394  

Cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities

   $ 228,545    $ 258,237     $ 220,454     $ 176,637     $ 177,961  

Working capital

     300,114      334,955       300,027       263,493       262,524  

Total assets

     459,141      488,645       496,705       452,822       457,417  

Long-term liabilities

     456      840       914       998       8,687  

Stockholders’ equity

     393,357      431,925       399,157       367,167       356,090  

 

20


Table of Contents

(A) In fiscal year 2007, the Company recorded $9,705 of pre-tax charges related primarily to the future use and realizability of certain inventory, software license, and capitalized software. Of the total charges, $8,625 was recorded in cost of sales and $1,080 was recorded in operating expenses. In fiscal year 2006, the Company recorded $14,876 of pre-tax charges related primarily to the future use and realizability of certain inventory and capitalized software. Of the total charges, $7,361 was recorded in cost of sales and $7,515 was recorded in operating expenses. In fiscal year 2005, the Company recorded $3,000 in operating expenses related primarily to asset impairment losses on certain investments.
(B) The Company recorded a gain on the sale of other investments on a pre-tax basis of $4,036 in fiscal year 2007, related to the Company’s sale of its equity interest in BIR. The Company recorded a gain on the sale of marketable securities on a pre-tax tax basis of $43,829 in fiscal year 2005, related to the Company’s sale of its equity interest in Cedara Software Corporation (“Cedara”).
(C) The Company recorded a gain on the sale of Camtronics as a discontinued operation in fiscal year 2006. There were no discontinued operations in any of the other periods presented.

 

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion provides an analysis of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations and should be read in conjunction with the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The discussion below contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”). All statements, other than statements of historical fact, the Company makes in this document or in any document incorporated by reference are forward-looking. Such forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties, and other factors, which may cause the actual results, performance, or achievements of the Company to differ from the projected results. See “Risk Factors” in Item 1A.

The Company reports its financial condition and results of operations on a fiscal year basis ending July 31. All dollar amounts in this Item 7 are in thousands except per share data.

Summary

The Company is engaged primarily in the design, manufacture, and sale of high-technology, high-performance, high-precision data acquisition conversion (analog/digital) and signal processing instruments and systems to customers that manufacture products primarily within two major markets within the electronics industry: Medical Technology Products and Security Technology Products.

The following is a summary of the areas that management believes are important in understanding the results of the periods indicated. This summary is not a substitute for the detail provided in the following pages or for the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements and notes that appear elsewhere in this document.

 

     Fiscal Year    

Percentage

Decline

     2007     2006    

Net sales

   $ 340,782     $ 351,445     -3%

Gross margin %

     34.4 %     34.5 %  

Operating expenses

   $ 114,890     $ 126,384     -9%

Net income from continuing operations before discontinued operations and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

   $ 15,380     $ 4,600    

Diluted EPS from continuing operations

   $ 1.10     $ 0.33    

Net revenue for fiscal year 2007 was $10,663, or 3%, lower than fiscal year 2006, due primarily to a decrease in product revenues of $10,565, or 3%. The decrease in product revenues is due primarily to lower shipments of EXACT systems, which resulted in product revenue for Security Technology products of $34,582

 

21


Table of Contents

in fiscal year 2007 as compared to $58,087 in fiscal year 2006, a decline of $23,505. In addition, product revenue from Digital Radiography products declined by $7,407, or 31%, for fiscal year 2007 as compared to fiscal year 2006. These decreases were partially offset by increased sales of Medical Imaging and B-K Medical products of $11,924 and $6,718, respectively, during fiscal year 2007 as compared to fiscal year 2006.

Gross margin percentage for fiscal year 2007 of 34.4% remained relatively consistent with the gross margin percentage of 34.5% for fiscal year 2006. In fiscal year 2007, the Company recorded asset impairment charges of $8,625 in cost of sales related to the write-down of its digital radiography business. In fiscal year 2006, the Company recorded asset impairment charges of $7,361 related to the write-downs of a program in its CT Medical business and the restructuring of AnaSky Limited, formerly known as SKY Computers, Inc. (“SKY”), a wholly owned subsidiary. Engineering gross margin increased $3,550 to $1,446 in 2007 from a loss of $2,104 in the prior year. In fiscal year 2006, the losses were due primarily to costs in excess of contract revenues for several U.S. Government projects in the Security Technology business.

Total operating expenses decreased by $11,494 for fiscal year 2007 as compared to fiscal year 2006. Lower engineering and development material spending, share-based compensation expense, restructuring and asset impairment charges, and cost saving initiatives contributed to the decrease.

Diluted earnings per share from continuing operations increased $0.77 to $1.10 for fiscal year 2007 as compared to $0.33 for fiscal year 2006. Lower restructuring and asset impairment charges in 2007 as compared with 2006 as well as the 2007 gains on the sale of the Company’s investments in SKY and Bio-Imaging Research, Inc. (“BIR”) and an increase in interest income contributed to the improvement.

As a result of continuing losses in its digital radiography business and the related business outlook, the Company evaluated the net realizability of all of the assets related to this business at October 31, 2006. As a result, the Company recorded an asset impairment charge of $9,705 associated with the write-down of the Company’s digital radiography system business assets to their estimated fair values as a group based upon the present value of estimated future cash flows of the business. Of the $9,705 in asset impairment charges, $8,625 was recorded to cost of sales and $1,080 was recorded to operating expenses. The $8,625 asset impairment charge recorded to cost of sales included $4,144 related to inventory, $4,191 related to a software license, and $290 related to other assets. The $1,080 asset impairment charge recorded as operating expenses included $696 related to capitalized software under development at the time and $384 related to other assets. During fiscal year 2007, the Company continued to consider several alternatives regarding how to reduce future losses of the digital radiography business. In August 2007, the Company notified customers of its subsidiary, ANEXA Corporation (“Anexa”), that sales and marketing of Anexa products would cease immediately, but that Analogic would continue to service and support the products currently with customers for the foreseeable future.

On November 1, 2006, the Company sold certain assets and liabilities of SKY, including its obligation to service previously sold products, for a price of $405. The $405 includes $225 in cash paid at closing, $150 in cash paid in December 2006, and the assumption of $30 in liabilities. The Company recorded a gain of $205 from the sale in fiscal year 2007.

On May 23, 2007, BIR, of which the Company had approximately a 17% ownership interest, declared a dividend, of which $1,429 was paid to the Company on May 24, 2007. This investment was being accounted for under the cost method, and as of April 30, 2007, the book value was $200. On May 24, 2007, the Company sold its entire ownership interest in BIR for $3,714, of which $2,807 was paid in cash upon closing and the remaining $907 will be held in escrow for a period of up to two years from the date of closing to secure any indemnification claims. The Company recorded income before taxes on the sale and related dividend income of $4,036 during fiscal year 2007 based on the cash received. The escrowed balance, less any amounts used to satisfy indemnification claims, will be recognized as income as the cash is received. On September 4, 2007, the Company received $84 of the $907 held in escrow, which will be recorded as income in the first quarter of fiscal year 2008.

 

22


Table of Contents

On June 7, 2007, the Company announced that its Board of Directors (the “Board”) on June 5, 2007 had authorized the repurchase of up to $60,000 of the Company’s Common Stock. The repurchase program was funded using the Company’s available cash. During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2007, the Company repurchased 818,030 shares of Common Stock under this repurchase program for $60,000 at an average purchase price of $73.35 per share. The repurchase program was completed on July 26, 2007. The Company’s cash, cash equivalent and marketable securities decreased $29,692 from $258,237 at July 31, 2006 to $228,545 at July 31, 2007 primarily as a result of the Common Stock repurchase.

On November 8, 2006, John W. Wood Jr. resigned as the Company’s President. Mr. Wood’s retirement as the Company’s CEO and as a director was effective December 31, 2006. The Board appointed Dr. Edmund F. Becker, Jr. as President and Chief Operating Officer effective November 8, 2006, on an interim basis. The Board appointed Bernard M. Gordon as Executive Chairman and John A. Tarello, the Company’s former Chairman of the Board, as Vice Chairman of the Board, on an interim basis while a search for a successor to Mr. Wood was conducted. As Executive Chairman, Mr. Gordon served as Chairman of the Board and as the Company’s principal executive officer. On May 7, 2007, the Board appointed James W. Green as the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer, effective May 21, 2007. Effective May 21, 2007, Mr. Gordon ceased being the Company’s Executive Chairman and principal executive officer, but continued to serve as an advisor to the Company through July 31, 2007. Mr. Gordon will continue to serve as Chairman of the Board. Also effective May 21, 2007, Dr. Becker ceased being the Company’s President and was appointed as Executive Vice President, while maintaining his role as Chief Operating Officer.

Results of Operations

Fiscal Year 2007 Compared to Fiscal Year 2006

Net revenue and gross margin for fiscal year 2007 as compared with fiscal year 2006, are summarized in the tables below.

Product Revenue

 

     Fiscal Year     Percentage
Decline
     2007     2006    

Products

   $ 312,921     $ 323,486     -3%

Gross margin

     111,724       118,520     -6%

Gross margin %

     35.7 %     36.6 %  

Product revenue for fiscal year 2007 decreased $10,565, or 3%, over fiscal year 2006, which was due primarily to Security Technology product revenues of $34,582 for fiscal year 2007 as compared to $58,087 for fiscal year 2006, a decline of $23,505, or 40%. The decrease in Security Technology product revenues was due primarily to a decline in shipments of EXACT systems to 52 units in fiscal year 2007 from 107 units in fiscal year 2006 due to a decline in orders. In addition, revenue from Digital Radiography products declined by $7,407, or 31%, for fiscal year 2007 as compared to fiscal year 2006. The decline in Digital Radiography product sales was consistent with the Company’s business outlook during the first quarter of fiscal year 2007 that led to an asset impairment charge of $9,705 as discussed under the section “Asset Impairment Charges” below. The November 1, 2006 sale of certain assets and liabilities of SKY, which had no revenue in fiscal year 2007 as compared to $4,868 for fiscal year 2006, also contributed to the product revenue decrease. These decreases were partially offset by increased sales of Medical Imaging and B-K Medical products of $11,924, or 7%, and $6,718, or 9%, respectively, during fiscal year 2007 as compared to fiscal year 2006. The increase in Medical Imaging products was driven by strong demand for 16-slice and 64-slice data acquisition systems, CT subsystems, and MRI subsystems. The increase in B-K Medical revenues was due primarily to foreign currency exchange rates.

 

23


Table of Contents

Product gross margin decreased to 35.7% for fiscal year 2007, from 36.6% for fiscal year 2006. The decrease was due primarily to an increase in asset write-downs of $1,264 in fiscal year 2007 as compared to fiscal year 2006, which is discussed under the section “Asset Impairment Charges”. Also contributing to the decrease in the product gross margin was the reduced manufacturing efficiency in Security Technology products caused by lower production volumes. These decreases were partially offset by efficiencies resulting from increased volume of certain Medical Technology products such as the 16-slice and 64-slice data acquisition systems and CT subsystems as well as improved margins on ultrasound products as a result of favorable product and distribution channel price mix and continued product cost reductions.

Engineering Revenue

 

     Fiscal Year    

Percentage

Growth (Decline)

     2007     2006    

Engineering

   $ 17,182     $ 17,859     -4%

Gross margin

     1,446       (2,104 )   169%

Gross margin %

     8.4 %     -11.8 %  

Engineering revenue decreased $677, or 4%, for fiscal year 2007 as compared to fiscal year 2006. The decrease was due primarily to $1,900 of funding the Company received during fiscal year 2006 on a completed Digital Radiography products project for which the costs had been expensed in prior periods due to the uncertainty of their recovery. This decrease was partially offset by an increase of $1,673 in Medical Technology projects from $7,570 in fiscal year 2006 to $9,243 due to the completion of a data management system project for an OEM customer that resulted in revenue of $1,688 under the completed contract method. Engineering revenue for Security Technology products remained relatively constant with $5,972 is fiscal year 2007 as compared to $6,224 in fiscal year 2006.

The engineering gross margin for fiscal year 2007 was $1,446 as compared to a loss of $2,104 for fiscal year 2006, an increase of $3,550. The increase was due primarily to gross margin of $2,000 on two contracts with the TSA related to Security Technology products during fiscal year 2007. The increase was additionally due to the Company completing work on a Security Technology project that resulted in gross margin of $793 under the completed contract method. These increases were partially offset by costs in excess of contract revenue of $1,706 on Medical Technology projects. The loss of $2,104 for fiscal year 2006 was made up primarily of costs in excess of contract revenues for Medical Technology and Security Technology projects, which includes approximately $4,061 for three U.S. government projects. These costs in excess of contract revenues was partially offset by $1,900 of additional funds received on a completed project for which the costs had been previously expensed in prior periods due to the uncertainty of their recovery.

Other Revenue

Other revenue of $10,679 and $10,100 for fiscal years 2007 and 2006, respectively, represents revenue from the hotel operations. The increase was due primarily to higher occupancy rates and an increase in room rates.

Asset Impairment Charges

Asset impairment charges included in costs of sales increased by $1,264 from $7,361 in fiscal year 2006 to $8,625 in fiscal year 2007. The $7,361 of asset impairment charges incurred in fiscal year 2006 related to a write-down of $5,772 related to certain inventories of a CT Medical program due to uncertainty that arose with respect to the viability of the program based on discussions with an OEM customer. Also included in the $7,361 was a write-down of $1,179 related to SKY inventory as the result of the Company’s decision to restructure SKY during fiscal year 2006 based on continued lower-than-expected sales. During the quarter ended July 31, 2006, the Company decided to close the business operations of SKY based on continued lower-than-expected sales,

 

24


Table of Contents

which resulted in an additional write-down of $410 of inventory. On November 1, 2006, the Company sold certain assets of SKY and its obligation to service previously sold products for a purchase price of $405. The $405 includes $225 in cash paid at closing, $150 in cash paid after the closing for additional inventory, and the assumption of $30 in liabilities. The Company recorded a gain of $205 from the sale in fiscal year 2007.

As a result of continuing losses and the business outlook of its digital radiography business, during fiscal year 2007, the Company recorded asset impairment charges of $9,705 associated with the write-down of the digital radiography business assets to their estimated net realizable values as a group. Of the $9,705 asset impairment charges, $8,625 was recorded to cost of sales and $1,080 was recorded to operating expenses. The $8,625 asset impairment charge recorded to cost of sales included $4,144 related to inventory, $4,191 related to a software license, and $290 related to other assets. In August 2007, the Company notified customers of Anexa that sales and marketing of Anexa products would cease immediately, but that Analogic would continue to service and support the products previously sold to customers for the foreseeable future.

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses declined $11,494, or 9% in fiscal year 2007 as compared with fiscal year 2006 as shown below.

 

     Fiscal Year    Percentage of Revenue  
     2007    2006    2007     2006  

Research and product development

   $ 46,955    $ 51,790    13.8 %   14.8 %

Selling and marketing

     30,066      29,242    8.8 %   8.3 %

General and administrative

     36,789      37,837    10.8 %   10.8 %

Restructuring and asset impairment charges

     1,080      7,515    0.3 %   2.1 %
                          
   $ 114,890    $ 126,384    33.7 %   36.0 %
                          

Research and product development expenses decreased $4,835 from fiscal year 2006 to fiscal year 2007. The decrease was related primarily to less spending on engineering and development materials, a decline in the share-based compensation expense of $531, the closure of SKY’s business operations last year, which had research and development spending of $983 in fiscal year 2006, and implemented cost saving initiatives.

Selling and marketing expenses increased $824 from fiscal year 2006 to fiscal year 2007. The increase was due primarily to increases in sales incentive bonuses and consulting costs of $496 and $511, respectively.

General and administrative expenses decreased $1,048 from fiscal year 2006 to fiscal year 2007. The decrease was related primarily to $687 from the closure of SKY’s business operations last year and a decline in the share-based compensation expense of $1,107 and Sarbanes-Oxley Act compliance costs and audit fees of $2,122 from fiscal year 2006 to fiscal year 2007. These decreases were partially offset by a real estate tax abatement credit received during fiscal year 2006, which reduced spending in that period, and an increase in bonus and profit sharing costs of $1,129 from fiscal year 2006 to fiscal year 2007.

Restructuring and asset impairment charges were $1,080 for fiscal year 2007, as compared to $7,515 for fiscal year 2006. During fiscal year 2007, the Company recorded an asset impairment charge of $1,080 related to its digital radiography system business. Included in this charge is $696 related to capitalized software still in development and $384 related to other assets. Fiscal year 2006 includes a charge of $7,515, which is made up of the following four items: a $5,808 asset impairment charge related primarily to the discontinuance of a medical CT workstation development program; a $216 impairment charge recorded for its investment in PhotoDetection Systems, Inc. (“PDS”) based on the Company’s review for other-than-temporary impairment; a $275 impairment charge recorded for the Company’s investment in Shenzhen Anke High Tech Co. Ltd (“SAHCO”) based on a review for other-than-temporary impairment; and a $1,216 restructuring charge related to SKY, which included $906 for severance and $310 for a writedown of capital assets.

 

25


Table of Contents

Other (Income) Expense

Interest income, net was $12,755 for fiscal year 2007 as compared to $10,155 for fiscal year 2006. The increase was due primarily to higher invested cash balances and to higher effective interest rates.

The Company recorded an equity loss in unconsolidated affiliates of $667 related to PDS for fiscal year 2007 compared to an equity loss of $787 for fiscal year 2006, of which $455 related to SAHCO and $332 related to PDS.

The gain on sale of other investments for fiscal year 2007 includes dividend income and a gain on sale of the Company’s 17% ownership interest in BIR totaling $4,036 in fiscal year 2007.

Other income was $226 and $14 for fiscal years 2007 and 2006, respectively. The increase in other income was predominantly due to foreign currency exchange gains realized by the Company’s Canadian and Danish subsidiaries. In addition, during fiscal year 2007, the Company recorded a gain of $205 from the sale of SKY assets, which was offset by the recovery of a $197 bad debt write-off in a prior year during fiscal year 2006.

Provision for Income Taxes

The effective tax rate for fiscal years 2007 and 2006 was a provision of 18% and a benefit of 11%, respectively. The effective tax rate for fiscal year 2007 includes a benefit of 4% in conjunction with the closure of the SKY business and a benefit of 5% due to the release of tax reserves resulting from the expiration of statutes of limitations on prior year tax filings and for an Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) refund of $313. The fiscal year 2007 rate also includes the reinstatement of the U.S research and experimentation credit as of January 1, 2006 and a reduction in the Danish tax rate from 28% to 25%. The lower rate in fiscal year 2006 was due primarily to reduced income, with a tax benefit from foreign operations due to a lower foreign tax rate. Also contributing to the reduced rate for fiscal year 2006 rate was the tax reserve release of $332 for an IRS refund and a provision-to-return adjustment in the third quarter of fiscal year 2006, which provided an out-of-period tax benefit of $329.

Net Income and Earnings per Share

Net income and earnings per share from continuing operations for fiscal year 2007 and fiscal year 2006, were as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year  
     2007     2006  

Income from continuing operations before discontinued operations and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

   $ 15,380     $ 4,600  

% of net revenue

     4.5 %     1.3 %

Diluted EPS from continuing operations

   $ 1.10     $ 0.33  

Net income from continuing operations was $15,380 for fiscal year 2007 as compared to net income from continuing operations of $4,600 for fiscal year 2006. Basic and diluted earnings per share from continuing operations for fiscal year 2007 was $1.11 and $1.10, respectively, as compared to basic and diluted earnings per share of $0.34 and $0.33, respectively, for fiscal year 2006. Net income for fiscal years 2007 and 2006 included pre-tax charges of $9,705 and $14,876, respectively, related to asset impairments and restructuring. Net income from fiscal year 2007 also includes dividend income and a gain on sale of the Company’s 17% ownership interest in BIR, totaling $4,036.

 

26


Table of Contents

Fiscal Year 2006 Compared to Fiscal Year 2005

Net revenue and gross margin for fiscal year 2006 as compared with fiscal year 2005 are summarized in the tables below.

Product Revenue

 

     Fiscal Year    

Percentage

Growth

 
     2006     2005    

Products

   $ 323,486     $ 298,157     8 %

Gross margin

     118,520       116,993     1 %

Gross margin %

     36.6 %     39.2 %  

Product revenue in fiscal year 2006 was $323,486 as compared to $298,157 in fiscal year 2005, an increase of $25,329, or 8%. The increase in product revenue was due primarily to sales of Medical Technology Products, which increased by $19,157, or 8%, over the prior year. This increase was due primarily to increased sales of the Company’s data acquisition products of $8,181, digital radiography equipment of $8,049, and ultrasound equipment of $6,369, partially offset by continued lower demand for the Company’s sub systems used in MRI scanners. Increased product revenue for Security Technology Products of $8,282, or 17%, over the prior year resulted from the sale of an additional 30 EXACT systems, partially offset by a decrease in spare part sales. The revenue increase for Medical Technology Products and Security Technology Products was partially offset by a decrease of $2,132 of Corporate and other revenue due primarily to lower demand for embedded multiprocessing products as the Company exits this business.

Product gross margin increased $1,527 in fiscal year 2006 over fiscal year 2005, due primarily to higher revenue. Product gross margin percentage decreased to 36.6% of product revenue in fiscal year 2006 from 39.2% of product revenue in fiscal year 2005. Excluding the asset impairment charge of $7,361 in fiscal year 2006, the product gross margin percentage of 38.9% for fiscal year 2006 was relatively consistent with the gross margin percentage of 39.2% in fiscal year 2005.

Engineering Revenue

 

     Fiscal Year    

Percentage

Decline

 
     2006     2005    

Engineering

   $ 17,859     $ 19,168     -7 %

Gross margin

     (2,104 )     2,509     -184 %

Gross margin %

     -11.8 %     13.1 %  

Engineering revenue in fiscal year 2006 was $17,859 as compared to $19,168 in fiscal year 2005, a decrease of $1,309, or 7%. This decrease resulted primarily from lower revenue for security engineering funded projects of approximately $2,533, due primarily to a large funded project which was completed last year. This decrease was partially offset by increased funding for certain customer funded projects for Medical Technology Products.

The engineering gross margin decreased by $4,613 in fiscal year 2006 over fiscal year 2005, due primarily to Security Products contract costs exceeding the U.S. Transportation Security Administration (“TSA”) funded amounts.

Other Revenue

Other revenue of $10,100 and $9,154 in fiscal year 2006 and fiscal year 2005, respectively, represents revenue from the Company’s hotel operation. This increase was due primarily to higher occupancy rates.

 

27


Table of Contents

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses increased $4,197 or 3.4% in fiscal year 2006 as compared with fiscal year 2005 as shown below.

 

     Fiscal Year    Percentage of Revenue  
     2006    2005    2006     2005  

Research and product development

   $ 51,790    $ 50,470    14.8 %   15.5 %

Selling and marketing

     29,242      29,168    8.3 %   8.9 %

General and administrative

     37,837      39,549    10.8 %   12.1 %

Restructuring and asset impairment charges

     7,515      3,000    2.1 %   0.9 %
                          
   $ 126,384    $ 122,187    36.0 %   37.4 %
                          

Research and product development expenses were $51,790 in fiscal year 2006 as compared to $50,470 in fiscal year 2005, or 14.8% and 15.5% of total revenue, respectively, in each year. The increase in research and product development expenses of $1,320 was due primarily to approximately $2,377 of increased personnel and related costs including expenses for share-based payments in connection with the adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 123(R), “ Share-Based Payment ”. This increase was required to support product development focused on a number of projects for security systems, as well as developing a new generation of medical imaging equipment, and an extended family of multi-slice CT data acquisition systems. Partially offsetting this increase were savings realized from the restructuring of SKY.

Selling and marketing expenses were $29,242 and $29,168, respectively, for fiscal years 2006 and 2005. Selling and marketing expenses were 8.3% of total revenue in fiscal year 2006 as compared to 8.9% of total revenue in fiscal year 2005. Although selling and marketing expenses remained basically unchanged in fiscal year 2006 versus fiscal year 2005, fiscal year 2006 includes $237 of share-based payments for the adoption of SFAS 123(R).

General and administrative expenses were $37,837 in fiscal year 2006, or 10.8% of total revenue, as compared to $39,549 in fiscal year 2005, or 12.1% of total revenue. The decrease of $1,712 was attributable primarily to non-recurring legal costs related to the Camtronics’ review of revenue recognition procedures, and lower expenses to comply with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) internal control rules as compared to the prior year. These reductions were offset partially by expenses associated with share-based payments in connection with the adoption of SFAS 123(R) and other general expenses.

Restructuring and asset impairment charges were $7,515 in fiscal year 2006, as compared to $3,000 in fiscal year 2005. In fiscal year 2006, asset impairment charges related primarily to a medical CT development program of $1,958; the discontinuance of a medical CT workstation development program of $3,850; and severance costs and certain write-downs of capital assets for the restructuring of SKY of $1,216. In fiscal year 2005 the restructuring and asset impairment charges of $3,000 related to PDS based on the net realizable value of the Company’s investment of $2,160, and $840 related to the re-alignment of certain technologies and research and development activities.

The impact of adopting SFAS 123(R) in fiscal year 2006 on operating expenses was approximately $3,269.

Software development costs of $1,109 and $3,530 were capitalized in fiscal year 2006 and fiscal year 2005, respectively. Amortization of capitalized software costs amounted to $1,157 and $857 in fiscal year 2006 and fiscal year 2005, respectively, and is included in product cost of sales in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations.

 

28


Table of Contents

Other (Income) Expense

Interest income in fiscal year 2006 was $10,223 as compared to $5,243 in fiscal year 2005. The increase of $4,980 was primarily the results of higher effective interest rates on short-term investments and a higher invested cash balance primarily due to the proceeds from the Company’s sale of Camtronics for approximately $40,000.

The Company recorded an equity loss on its unconsolidated affiliated investments of $787 as compared to an equity gain of $283 in fiscal year 2006 and fiscal year 2005, respectively. The equity loss in fiscal year 2006 consists of $455 and $332 for the Company’s share of losses in SAHCO and PDS, respectively. The equity gain in fiscal year 2005 consists of a gain of $474 for the Company’s share of profit in SAHCO, partially offset by a loss of $191 for the Company’s share of losses in Cedara.

Gain on sale of marketable securities of $43,829 in fiscal year 2005 represents the gain related to the Company’s sale of its equity interest in Cedara.

Provision for Income Taxes

The effective tax rate on continuing operations for fiscal year 2006 was a benefit of 11% as compared to an expense of 31% for fiscal year 2005. The rate reduction is due primarily to reduced income, with a tax benefit from overseas operations and the tax reserve release of $332 for an IRS refund also reducing the rate. In addition, during the third quarter of fiscal year 2006 the Company recorded a provision-to-return adjustment which provided an out-of-period tax benefit of $329. The rate reduction was offset, in part, by the setting up of a valuation allowance for state income tax credits and by the suspension of the federal research credit.

Net Income and Earnings per Share

Net income and earnings per share from continuing operations for fiscal year 2006 and fiscal year 2005, were as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year  
     2006     2005  

Income from continuing operations before discontinued operations and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

   $ 4,600     $ 34,659  

% of net revenue

     1.3 %     10.6 %

Diluted EPS from continuing operations

   $ 0.33     $ 2.54  

Net income from continuing operations in fiscal year 2006 was $4,600 as compared to $34,659 in fiscal year 2005. Basic earnings per share from continuing operations were $0.34 in fiscal year 2006 as compared to $2.55 in fiscal year 2005. Diluted earnings per share from continuing operations were $0.33 in fiscal year 2006 as compared to $2.54 in fiscal year 2005. Net income for fiscal year 2006 included pre-tax charges of $14,876 related to asset impairments and restructuring. Net income for fiscal year 2005 includes an after-tax gain of approximately $27,388, or $2.01 per diluted share, related to the Company’s sale of its equity interest in Cedara. In addition, pre-tax charges of $3,000 related to asset impairments were included in fiscal year 2005 net income.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities totaled $228,545 and $258,237 at July 31, 2007 and July 31, 2006, respectively. Working capital was $300,114 and $334,955 at July 31, 2007 and July 31, 2006, respectively. The Company’s balance sheet reflected a decline in the current ratio to 5.6 to 1 at July 31, 2007 as compared to 7.0 to 1 at July 31, 2006, due to the cash used by the Company’s stock repurchase in fiscal year 2007 of $60,000. Liquidity has been provided principally through funds provided from operations with short-term time deposits and marketable securities available to provide additional sources of cash.

 

29


Table of Contents

The Company faces exposure to financial market risks, including adverse movements in foreign currency exchange rates, and changes in interest rates. These exposures can change over time as business practices evolve and could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s financial results. The Company’s primary exposure is related to fluctuations between the U.S. dollar and local currencies for the Company’s subsidiaries in Canada and Europe.

The carrying amounts reflected in the consolidated balance sheets of cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, and trade payables approximate fair value at July 31, 2007, due to the short maturities of these instruments.

The Company maintains a limited bond investment portfolio of various issuers, types, and maturities. This portfolio is classified on the balance sheet as either cash and cash equivalents or marketable securities, depending on the lengths of time to maturity from original purchase. Cash equivalents totaled $226,545 at July 31, 2007 and include all highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less from the time of purchase. Investments having maturities from the time of purchase in excess of three months totaled $2,000 at July 31, 2007 and are stated at amortized cost, which approximates fair value, and are classified as available for sale. A rise in interest rates could have an adverse impact on the fair value of the Company’s investment portfolio. The Company does not currently hedge these interest rate exposures.

Net cash provided by operating activities for continuing operations was $34,221 in fiscal year 2007, $12,516 in fiscal year 2006, and $7,016 in fiscal year 2005. The cash flows generated from operating activities for continuing operations in fiscal year 2007 were due primarily to net income of $15,380, the non-cash impact of asset impairment charges of $9,705, and depreciation and amortization of $14,565, partially offset by the gain on sale of BIR of $4,036, an increase in deferred income taxes of $2,806, and a net change in operating assets and liabilities of $860. The net change in operating assets and liabilities was due primarily to increases in accounts receivable, inventories, and other assets of $6,042, $1,532, and $1,435, respectively, partially offset by increases in accounts payable, accrued liabilities, and advanced payments and deferred revenue of $3,974, $1,135, and $2,543, respectively.

The increase in deferred income taxes of $2,806 is due primarily to tax benefits derived from the $9,705 digital radiography business asset impairment charge partially offset by the disposition of obsolete inventory due to the sale of SKY in fiscal year 2007.

The increase in accounts receivable of $6,042 is due primarily to an increase in revenues of $9,215 for the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2007 as compared to fiscal year 2006 as well as to an increase of two days in the age of receivables from 54 days at July 31, 2006 to 56 days at July 31, 2007. The increase in inventories of $1,532 is due primarily to additional inventory needs in fiscal year 2007 due to the growth of the Medical Imaging Products business and the increase in the backlog to $101,574 at July 31, 2007 as compared to $74,691 at July 31, 2006. The increase in other assets of $1,435 is due primarily to an increase of deferred costs on engineering projects accounted for using the completed contract method.

The increase in accounts payable was due to timing of vendor payments. The increase in accrued liabilities was due primarily to an increase in employee compensation and benefits from July 31, 2006 to July 31, 2007 due to additional bonus and profit-sharing accruals. The increase in advance payments and deferred revenue was due primarily to $2,253 of revenue deferred for a contract that has undelivered elements, for which the Company does not have fair value.

Net cash used for investing activities for continuing operations was $1,587 in fiscal year 2007 as compared to net cash provided by investing activities of $29,452 and $49,122 in fiscal years 2006 and 2005, respectively. The cash used for investing activities for continuing operations in fiscal year 2007 was due primarily to capital expenditures and software development costs of $8,988 and $1,295, respectively, partially offset by the dividend income and sale proceeds of the Company’s interest in BIR totaling $4,236 and maturities of marketable securities of $3,800.

 

30


Table of Contents

Net cash used for financing activities from continuing operations was $60,001 and $149 in fiscal years 2007 and 2005, respectively, as compared to cash provided by financing activities from continuing operations of $248 for fiscal year 2006. Net cash used for financing activities from continuing operations in fiscal year 2007 consisted of $5,589 for dividends paid to stockholders and $60,000 to repurchase the Company’s shares of Common Stock, partially offset by cash received from the issuance of stock pursuant to the Company’s employee stock option and stock purchase plans of $5,111.

The Company believes that its balances of cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities, and cash flows expected to be generated by future operating activities will be sufficient to meet its cash requirements for at least the next 12 months.

Commitments, Contractual Obligations and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

The Company’s contractual obligations at July 31, 2007, and the effect such obligations are expected to have on liquidity and cash flows in future periods are as follows:

 

Contractual Obligation

   Total    Less than
1 year
   1 - 3 years    4 - 5 years    More than
5 years

Operating leases

   $ 6,808    $ 1,956    $ 2,448    $ 1,107    $ 1,297

Purchase obligations

     35,484      31,116      4,368      —        —  
                                  
   $ 42,292    $ 33,072    $ 6,816    $ 1,107    $ 1,297
                                  

The Company currently has approximately $23,954 in revolving credit facilities with various banks available for direct borrowings. There were no direct borrowings or off-balance sheet arrangements in fiscal year 2007 or fiscal year 2006.

New Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued FASB Interpretation (“FIN”) No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes”, which is an interpretation of SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes”. FIN No. 48 requires management to perform a two-step evaluation of all tax positions, ensuring that these tax return positions meet the “more likely than not” recognition threshold and can be measured with sufficient precision to determine the benefit recognized in the financial statements. These evaluations provide management with a comprehensive model for how a company should recognize, measure, present, and disclose in its financial statements certain tax positions that the Company has taken or expects to take on its income tax returns. The Company is required to adopt FIN No. 48 effective as of August 1, 2007. The Company is currently evaluating the effect FIN No. 48 will have on its financial statements.

 

31


Table of Contents

The Company adopted SFAS No. 158, “ Employer’s Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans-an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R) ,” effective December 15, 2006. SFAS No. 158 requires an employer to recognize in its statement of financial position an asset for a plan’s overfunded status or a liability for a plan’s underfunded status, measure a plan’s assets and its obligations that determine its funded status as of the end of the employer’s fiscal year, and recognize changes in the funded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan in the year in which the changes occur. Those changes will be reported in other comprehensive income and in a separate component of shareholder’s equity. The following table summarizes the incremental effects of the initial adoption of SFAS No. 158 on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet at July 31, 2007:

 

     Before
Application
of SFAS 158
   SFAS 158
Adjustments
    After
Application
of SFAS 158

Other current assets

   $ 11,255    $ (609 )   $ 10,646

Refundable and deferred income taxes

     23,112      241       23,353

Total assets

     459,509      (368 )     459,141

Total liabilities

     65,784      —         65,784

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     10,593      (368 )     10,225

Total stockholders’ equity

     393,725      (368 )     393,357

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

     459,509      (368 )     459,141

The Company adopted the SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 108, “ Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements ,” effective November 15, 2006. SAB No. 108 requires misstatements to be quantified based on their impact on each of the financial statements and related disclosures. The adoption of this statement did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” . SFAS No. 157 prescribes a single definition of fair value as the price that is received when an asset is sold or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. SFAS No. 157 is effective for the Company’s interim reporting period beginning August 1, 2008. The Company is currently evaluating the effect SFAS No. 157 will have on its financial statements. However, the Company does not believe at this time its adoption will have a material impact on its financial condition or results of operations.

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “ The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities-including an amendment of SFAS No. 115” . The new statement allows entities to choose, at specified election dates, to measure eligible financial assets and liabilities at fair value that are not otherwise required to be measured at fair value. If a company elects the fair value option for an eligible item, changes in that item’s fair value in subsequent reporting periods must be recognized in current earnings. SFAS No. 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The Company is currently evaluating the effect SFAS No. 159 will have on its financial statements. However, the Company does not believe at this time its adoption will have a material impact on its financial condition or results of operations.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Management’s discussion and analysis of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations are based on the Company’s consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The Company’s most critical accounting policies have a significant impact on the preparation of these consolidated financial statements. These policies include estimates and significant judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expense, and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. The Company continues to evaluate its estimates and judgments on an on-going basis. By their nature, these policies require management to make its most difficult and subjective judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates on matters that

 

32


Table of Contents

are inherently uncertain. In the case of the Company’s critical accounting policies, these estimates and judgments are based on its historical experience, terms of existing contracts, the Company’s observance of trends in the industry, information provided by its customers, and information available from other outside sources, as appropriate. The Company believes the following accounting policies and estimates require management to make the most difficult judgments in the preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements and accordingly are critical.

Revenue Recognition and Accounts Receivable

The Company recognizes the majority of its product revenue in accordance with SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104, “Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements” . Revenue related to product sales is recognized upon shipment provided that title and risk of loss have passed to the customer, there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, the sales price is fixed or determinable, collection of the related receivable is reasonably assured and customer acceptance criteria, if any, have been successfully demonstrated. For product sales with acceptance criteria that are not successfully demonstrated prior to shipment, revenue is recognized upon customer acceptance, provided all other revenue recognition criteria have been met. The Company’s sales contracts generally provide for the customer to accept title and risk of loss when the product leaves the Company’s facilities. When shipping terms or local laws do not allow for passage of title and risk of loss at the shipping point, the Company defers recognizing revenue until title and risk of loss transfer to the customer. The Company classifies shipping and handling invoiced to customers as revenue and the related costs in cost of sales. Sales and other taxes collected from customers and subsequently remitted to government authorities are recorded as accounts receivable with a corresponding offset recorded to sales taxes payable. These balances are removed from the consolidated balance sheet when the cash is remitted to the tax authority. The Company includes service revenue, related primarily to extended warranty contracts and repairs, in the product revenue line item of its Consolidated Statement of Operations as they are deemed immaterial for separate classification.

The Company’s transactions sometimes involve multiple elements (i.e., products and services). Revenue under multiple element arrangements is recognized in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 00-21, “Accounting for Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables” . Under this method, if an element is determined to be a separate unit of accounting, the revenue for the element is based on fair value and determined by vendor objective evidence (“VOE”), and recognized at the time of delivery. If an arrangement includes undelivered elements that are not essential to the functionality of the delivered elements, the Company defers that fair value of the undelivered elements with the residual revenue allocated to the delivered elements. Fair value is determined based upon the price charged when the element is sold separately. If there is not sufficient evidence of the fair value of the undelivered elements, no revenue is allocated to the delivered elements and the total consideration received is deferred until delivery of those elements for which objective and reliable evidence of the fair value is not available. Maintenance or service revenues are recognized ratably over the life of the contract.

For business units that sell software licenses or products in which the software is considered more than incidental, the Company recognizes revenue in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (“AICPA”)’s Statement of Position 97-2, “Software Revenue Recognition” (“SOP 97-2”). The application of SOP 97-2 requires judgment, including whether a software arrangement includes multiple elements, and if so, whether vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) of fair value exists for those elements. License revenue is recognized upon delivery, provided that persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, no significant obligations with regard to installation or implementation remain, fees are fixed or determinable, collectibility is probable, and customer acceptance, when applicable, is obtained. The Company allocates revenue first to the fair value of the undelivered elements and then allocates the residual revenue to the delivered elements. Hardware and software maintenance is marketed under annual and multi-year arrangements and revenue is recognized ratably over the contracted maintenance term.

The Company provides engineering services to some of its customers on a contractual basis and recognizes revenue using the percentage of completion method. The Company generally estimates the progress towards

 

33


Table of Contents

completion on contracts with a fixed-fee arrangement on a monthly basis utilizing costs incurred to date as a percentage of total estimated costs to complete the project. If the Company does not have a sufficient basis to measure progress towards completion, revenue and related costs are deferred and recognized upon completion of the contract. When total cost estimates exceed total revenues, the Company accrues for the estimated losses immediately.

Deferred revenue is comprised of: (1) maintenance and other service revenues for which payment has been received and for which services have not yet been performed; and (2) revenues related to delivered components of a multiple-element arrangement for which VOE, or VSOE, of fair value is not available for components not yet delivered or accepted by the customer.

Revenue related to the hotel operations is recognized as services are performed.

The Company grants credit to domestic and foreign original equipment manufacturers, distributors, and end users, and performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition. The Company continuously monitors collections and payments from its customers and maintains a provision for estimated credit losses based upon specific customer collection issues that have been identified. If it is determined that a current quarter sale is not collectible, recognition of revenue on such sale will be deferred until collection is made.

Stock-based compensation

Effective August 1, 2005, the Company adopted the provisions of the SFAS No. 123(R). (See Note 3 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements). Under this SFAS 123(R), the Company is required to record compensation cost for all share-based payments granted after the date of adoption based on the grant date fair value, estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123(R), and for the unvested portion of all share-based payments previously granted that remain outstanding based on the grant date fair value, estimated in accordance with the original provisions of SFAS 123. The Company expenses share-based compensation under the straight-line method.

The choice of a valuation technique, and the approach utilized to develop the underlying assumptions for that technique, involve significant judgments. These judgments reflect management’s assessment of the most accurate method of valuing the stock options the Company issues, based on the Company’s historical experience, knowledge of current conditions, and beliefs of what could occur in the future given available information. The Company’s judgments could change over time as additional information becomes available, or the facts underlying its assumptions change over time, and any change in the Company’s judgments could have a material effect on its financial statements. Management believes that its estimates incorporate all relevant information and represent a reasonable approximation in light of the difficulties involved in valuing non-traded stock options.

Inventories

The Company values inventory at the lower of cost or market using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. Management assesses the recoverability of inventory based on types and levels of inventory held, product life cycles, and changes in technology. A variety of methodologies are used to determine the amount of inventory reserves necessary for excess and obsolete inventory. Write-downs are based upon the age of the inventory, lower of cost or market, along with significant management judgments concerning future demands for the inventory. If actual demand for the Company’s products is less than its estimates, or the Company experiences a higher incidence of inventory obsolescence because of rapidly changing technology and customer requirements, additional write-downs for existing inventories might be recorded in future periods. Once recorded, inventory valuation provisions are not subsequently reversed until the inventory is used or disposed of.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities, and accounts receivable. The Company maintains

 

34


Table of Contents

a limited bond investment portfolio of various types and maturities with high-credit-quality issuers. Cash and cash equivalents not required for working capital purposes are placed in short-term investments of government agency discounted notes with original maturities of three months or less. The Company grants credit to domestic and foreign original equipment manufacturers, distributors, and end users, and performs ongoing credit evaluations on its customers’ financial condition. The Company continuously monitors collections and payments from its customers and maintains a provision for estimated credit losses based upon specific customer collection issues that have been identified. While such credit losses have historically been within expectations and provisions established, there is no guarantee that the Company will continue to experience the same credit loss rates as in the past. Since the accounts receivable are concentrated among relatively few customers, a significant change in the liquidity or financial position of any one of these customers could have a material adverse impact on the collectibility of accounts receivable and future operating results.

Warranty Reserve

The Company provides for the estimated cost of product warranties at the time products are shipped. Although the Company engages in extensive product-quality programs and processes, its warranty obligations are affected by product failure rates and service delivery costs incurred to correct product failures. Should actual product failure rates or service delivery costs differ from the Company’s estimates (which are based on specific warranty claims, historical data, and engineering estimates, where applicable), revisions to the estimated warranty liability would be required. Such revisions could adversely affect the Company’s operating results. Generally, the Company warrants that its products will perform in all material respects in accordance with its standard published specifications in effect at the time of delivery of the products to the customer for a period ranging from 12 to 24 months from the date of delivery.

Investments in and Advances to Affiliated Companies

The Company has investments in companies whose business relates to the Company’s strategic focus. Investments in companies over which the Company has the ability to exercise significant influence are accounted for under the equity method if the Company’s ownership interest ranges from 20% to 50%. Investments in companies over which the Company does not have the ability to exercise significant influence are accounted for under the cost method. In assessing the recoverability of these investments, the Company must make certain assumptions and judgments based upon changes in the Company’s overall business strategy, the financial condition of the affiliated companies, market conditions, and the industry and economic environment in which the entities operate.

Intangible Assets and Other Long-Lived Assets

Intangible assets consist of: intellectual property, licenses, and capitalized software. Other long-lived assets consist primarily of property, plant, and equipment. These assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of assets may not be recoverable. Recoverability of these assets is measured by comparison of their carrying value to future undiscounted cash flows the assets are expected to generate over their remaining economic life. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized in earnings equals the amount by which the carrying value of the assets exceeds their fair market value determined by either a quoted market price, if any, or a value determined by utilizing a discounted cash flow technique. Evaluation of impairment of long-lived assets requires estimates of future operating results that are used in the preparation of the expected future undiscounted cash flows. Actual future operating results and the remaining economic lives of long-lived assets could differ from the estimates used in assessing the recoverability of these assets. These differences could result in impairment charges, which could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s results of operations.

 

35


Table of Contents

Income Taxes

The Company is required to estimate its income taxes in each of the jurisdictions within which it operates. This process involves assessing temporary differences resulting from different treatment of items for tax and accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included within the balance sheet. The Company must then assess the likelihood that the deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and, to the extent that recovery is not more than likely, a valuation allowance must be established. To the extent a valuation allowance is established, the Company must include an expense within the tax provision in the statement of operations. In the event that actual results differ from these estimates, the provision for income taxes and results of operations could be materially impacted. The Company establishes liabilities for possible assessments by taxing authorities resulting from known tax exposures including, but not limited to, certain tax credits and various federal, state, and foreign tax matters. The Company does not provide for U.S. Federal income taxes on undistributed earnings of consolidated foreign subsidiaries, as such earnings are intended to be indefinitely reinvested in those operations. Determination of the potential deferred income tax liability on these undistributed earnings is not practicable because such liability, if any, is dependent on circumstances existing if and when remittance occurs.

 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

All dollar amounts in this Item 7A are in thousands.

The Company places its cash investments in high-credit-quality financial instruments and, by policy, limits the amount of credit exposure to any one financial institution. The Company faces limited exposure to financial market risks, including adverse movements in foreign currency exchange rates and changes in interest rates. These exposures may change over time as business practices evolve and could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s financial results. The Company’s primary exposure is related to fluctuations between the U.S. dollar and local currencies for the Company’s subsidiaries in Canada and Europe.

The Company maintains a limited bond investment portfolio of various issuers, types, and maturities. The Company’s cash and investments include cash equivalents, which the Company considers to be investments purchased with original maturities of three months or less. Investments having original maturities in excess of three months are stated at fair value, and are classified as available for sale. Total interest income for fiscal year 2007 was $12,841. An interest rate change of 10% would not have a material impact on the fair value of the portfolio or on future earnings.

 

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

The financial statements and supplementary data are listed under Part IV, Item 15 in this Report.

 

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

Not applicable.

 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

The certifications of the Company’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer attached as Exhibits 31.1 and 31.2 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K include, in paragraph 4 of such certifications, information concerning the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures, and internal control over financial reporting. Such certifications should be read in conjunction with the information contained in this Item 9A for a more complete understanding of the matters covered by such certifications.

 

36


Table of Contents

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

The Company’s management, with the participation of the Company’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer, evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as of July 31, 2007. The term “disclosure controls and procedures”, as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), means controls and other procedures of a company that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the company’s management, including its chief executive officer and chief financial officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions to be made regarding required disclosure. It should be noted that any system of controls and procedures, however well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, and not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the system are met and that management necessarily applies its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures. Based on the evaluation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as of July 31, 2007, the Company’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer concluded that, as of such date, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective at the reasonable assurance level.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Management’s annual report on internal control over financial reporting can be found on page 41 of this Form 10-K.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There were no changes to the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter ended July 31, 2007 that has materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Item 9B. Other Information

As a result of the compensation provided to M. Ross Brown and John A. Tarello described in Note 20 to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements, the Board has determined that Mr. Brown and Mr. Tarello are no longer “independent directors” as defined under Rule 4200(a)(15) of the NASDAQ Marketplace Rules.

 

37


Table of Contents

PART III

 

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

The Company will furnish to the SEC a definitive proxy statement not later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year ended July 31, 2007 (the “Proxy Statement”). Certain information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the Proxy Statement under the captions “Proposal 1—Election of Directors”, “Corporate Governance” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance”. Also see “Executive Officers of the Registrant” in Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The Company has a code of ethics that applies to all of its employees and non-employee directors. This code (available on its website) satisfies the requirements set forth in Item 406 of Regulation S-K and applies to all relevant persons set forth therein. The Company intends to disclose on its website at www.analogic.com amendments to, and, if applicable, waivers of, its code of ethics.

 

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the Proxy Statement under the captions “Executive Compensation” and “Compensation Committee Report”.

 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the Proxy Statement under the captions “Proposal 1—Election of Directors”, “Corporate Governance” and “Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans”.

 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the Proxy Statement under the captions “Corporate Governance” and “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions”.

 

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the Proxy Statement under the caption “Information Regarding the Company’s Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm”.

 

38


Table of Contents

PART IV

 

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

         

Page

Number

1.   

Financial Statements

  
  

Signatures

   40
  

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

   41
  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   42
  

Consolidated Balance Sheets at July 31, 2007 and 2006

   43
  

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended July 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

   44
  

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended July 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

   45
  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended July 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005

   46
  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   47
2.   

Financial Statement Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

   82
  

Other schedules have been omitted because they are not required, not applicable, or the required information is furnished in the consolidated statements or notes thereto

  
3.   

Exhibits—See Index to Exhibits

   83

 

39


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

    ANALOGIC CORPORATION
    By   /s/    J AMES W. G REEN        
Date: September 27, 2007       James W. Green
      President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/    J AMES . W. G REEN      

James W. Green

   President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) and Director   September 27, 2007

/s/    J OHN J. M ILLERICK        

John J. Millerick

  

Senior Vice President,

Chief Financial Officer, and Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer)

  September 27, 2007

/s/    D ONALD B. M ELSON      

Donald B. Melson

  

Vice President - Corporate Controller,

(Principal Accounting Officer)

  September 27, 2007

/s/    B ERNARD M. G ORDON        

Bernard M. Gordon

   Chairman of the Board   September 27, 2007

/s/    M. R OSS B ROWN        

M. Ross Brown

   Director   September 27, 2007

/s/    J AMES J. J UDGE        

James J. Judge

   Director   September 27, 2007

/s/    M ICHAEL T. M ODIC        

   Director   September 27, 2007
Michael T. Modic     

/s/    B RUCE W. S TEINHAUER        

Bruce W. Steinhauer

   Director   September 27, 2007

/s/    J OHN A. T ARELLO        

John A. Tarello

   Director   September 27, 2007

/s/    E DWARD F. V OBORIL        

Edward F. Voboril

   Director   September 27, 2007

/s/    G ERALD L. W ILSON        

Gerald L. Wilson

   Director   September 27, 2007

/s/    F RED B. P ARKS        

Fred B. Parks

   Director   September 27, 2007

 

40


Table of Contents

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). A Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the interim or annual consolidated financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

The Company’s management, with the participation of its chief executive officer and chief financial officer, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of July 31, 2007 based on the framework in Internal Control Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, the Company’s management concluded that, as of July 31, 2007, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective based on those criteria.

 

41


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To Board of Directors and Stockholders of Analogic Corporation:

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the index appearing under Item 15(a)(1), present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Analogic Corporation and its subsidiaries at July 31, 2007 and July 31, 2006, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended July 31, 2007 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the accompanying index appearing under Item 15(a)(2) presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of July 31, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements and financial statement schedule, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the index appearing under item 15(a)(1). Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements, on the financial statement schedule, and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for pension obligations in fiscal year 2007 and share-based compensation in fiscal year 2006.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

September 27, 2007

 

42


Table of Contents

ANALOGIC CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except share data)

 

     July 31,
     2007    2006
ASSETS      

Current assets:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 226,545    $ 252,407

Marketable securities, at fair value

     2,000      5,830

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $1,427 in 2007, and $1,017 in 2006

     58,926      52,112

Inventories

     54,413      55,518

Refundable and deferred income taxes

     12,912      14,825

Other current assets

     10,646      10,143
             

Total current assets

     365,442      390,835
             

Property, plant, and equipment, net

     80,482      81,853

Investments in and advances to affiliated companies

     35      917

Capitalized software, net

     2,319      2,670

Intangible assets, net

     413      2,068

Other assets

     9      4,505

Deferred income taxes

     10,441      5,797
             

Total Assets

   $ 459,141    $ 488,645
             
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY      

Current liabilities:

     

Accounts payable, trade

   $ 21,734    $ 17,372

Accrued liabilities

     26,570      24,111

Advance payments and deferred revenue

     11,517      9,386

Accrued income taxes

     5,507      5,011
             

Total current liabilities

     65,328      55,880
             

Long-term liabilities:

     

Deferred income taxes

     456      840
             

Total long-term liabilities

     456      840
             

Commitments and guarantees (Notes 11 and 12)

     

Stockholders’ equity:

     

Common stock, $.05 par value; 30,000,000 shares authorized; 13,237,554 shares issued and outstanding as of July 31, 2007; 30,000,000 shares authorized; 13,945,802 shares issued and outstanding as of July 31, 2006

     662      697

Capital in excess of par value

     64,186      60,572

Retained earnings

     318,284      364,697

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     10,225      5,959
             

Total stockholders’ equity

     393,357      431,925
             

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

   $ 459,141    $ 488,645
             

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

43


Table of Contents

ANALOGIC CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

     Year Ended July 31,  
     2007     2006     2005  

Net revenue:

      

Product

   $ 312,921     $ 323,486     $ 298,157  

Engineering

     17,182       17,859       19,168  

Other

     10,679       10,100       9,154  
                        

Total net revenue

   $ 340,782     $ 351,445     $ 326,479  
                        

Cost of sales:

      

Product

     192,572       197,605       181,164  

Engineering

     15,736       19,963       16,659  

Other

     6,634       5,381       5,266  

Asset impairment charges

     8,625       7,361       —    
                        

Total cost of sales

     223,567       230,310       203,089  
                        

Gross margin

     117,215       121,135       123,390  
                        

Operating expenses:

      

Research and product development

     46,955       51,790       50,470  

Selling and marketing

     30,066       29,242       29,168  

General and administrative

     36,789       37,837       39,549  

Restructuring and asset impairment charges

     1,080       7,515       3,000  
                        

Total operating expenses

     114,890       126,384       122,187  
                        

Income (loss) from operations

     2,325       (5,249 )     1,203  
                        

Other (income) expense:

      

Interest income, net

     (12,755 )     (10,155 )     (5,217 )

Equity (gain) loss in unconsolidated affiliates

     667       787       (283 )

Gain on sale of marketable securities and other investments

     (4,036 )     —         (43,829 )

Other

     (226 )     (14 )     (51 )
                        

Total other (income) expense

     (16,350 )     (9,382 )     (49,380 )
                        

Income from continuing operations before income taxes, discontinued operations and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

     18,675       4,133       50,583  

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     3,295       (467 )     15,924  
                        

Income from continuing operations before discontinued operations and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

     15,380       4,600       34,659  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations (net of a tax provision of $146, and a tax benefit of $1,515 for the fiscal years ended July 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively

     —         139       (5,797 )

Gain on disposal of discontinued operations (net of income tax of $8,885)

     —         20,207       —    

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle (net of income tax of $61)

     —         120       —    
                        

Net income

   $ 15,380     $ 25,066     $ 28,862  
                        

Basic earnings (loss) per share:

      

Income from continuing operations

   $ 1.11     $ 0.34     $ 2.55  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

     —         0.01       (0.42 )

Gain on disposal of discontinued operations, net of tax

     —         1.47       —    

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax

     —         0.01       —    
                        

Net income

   $ 1.11     $ 1.83     $ 2.13  
                        

Diluted earnings (loss) per share:

      

Income from continuing operations

   $ 1.10     $ 0.33     $ 2.54  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

     —         0.01       (0.42 )

Gain on disposal of discontinued operations, net of tax

     —         1.46       —    

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax

     —         0.01       —    
                        

Net income

   $ 1.10     $ 1.81     $ 2.12  
                        

Weighted average shares outstanding:

      

Basic

     13,814       13,704       13,566  

Diluted

     13,946       13,853       13,619  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

44


Table of Contents

ANALOGIC CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Years Ended July 31, 2007, 2006, 2005

(In thousands, except share data)

 

    Common Stock     Capital in Excess of
Par Value
    Retained
Earnings
    Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Income
    Total Stockholders’
Equity
 
    Shares     Amount          

Balance, July 31, 2004

  13,666,792     $ 684     $ 40,551     $ 324,025     $ 1,907     $ 367,167  

Shares issued for:

           

Stock options

  102,350       5       3,769       —         —         3,774  

Restricted stock grants, net of cancellations

  21,554       1       (2 )     —         —         (1 )

Stock purchase plan

  13,368       1       465       —         —         466  

Tax benefit of share-based compensation

  —         —         383       —         —         383  

Amortization of unearned compensaton

  —         —         1,915       —         —         1,915  

Dividends paid ($0.32 per share)

  —         —         —         (4,388 )     —         (4,388 )

Comprehensive income:

           

Net income for the year

  —         —         —         28,862       —         28,862  

Translation adjustments (net of tax provision of $1,039)

  —         —         —         —         1,278       1,278  

Change in unrealized marketable securities gains and losses (net of tax provision of $196)

  —         —         —         —         (299 )     (299 )
                 

Total comprehensive income

              29,841  
                                             

Balance, July 31, 2005

  13,804,064       691       47,081       348,499       2,886       399,157  

Shares issued for:

           

Stock options

  220,627       10       8,762       —         —         8,772  

Restricted stock grants, net of cancellations

  (9,979 )     —         (182 )     —         —         (182 )

Stock purchase plan

  11,090       —         450       —         —         450  

Tax benefit of share-based compensation

  —         —         1,431       —         —         1,431  

Share-based compensation expense

  —         —         3,494       —         —         3,494  

Repurchase of common stock

  (80,000 )     (4 )     (283 )     (3,596 )     —         (3,883 )

Dividends paid ($0.38 per share)

  —         —         —         (5,272 )     —         (5,272 )

Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle

  —         —         (181 )     —         —         (181 )

Comprehensive income:

           

Net income for the year

  —         —         —         25,066       —         25,066  

Translation adjustments (net of tax provision of $476)

  —         —         —         —         3,172       3,172  

Change in unrealized marketable securities gains and losses (net of tax provision of $12)

  —         —         —         —         (99 )     (99 )
                 

Total comprehensive income

              28,139  
                                             

Balance, July 31, 2006

  13,945,802       697       60,572       364,697       5,959       431,925  

Shares issued for:

           

Stock options

  123,997       6       5,127       —         —         5,133  

Restricted stock grants, net of cancellations

  (24,426 )     (1 )     (464 )     —         —         (465 )

Stock purchase plan

  10,211       1       442       —         —         443  

Tax benefit of share-based compensation

  —         —         551       —         —         551  

Share-based compensation expense

  —         —         1,713       —         —         1,713  

Repurchase of common stock

  (818,030 )     (41 )     (3,755 )     (56,204 )     —         (60,000 )

Dividends paid ($0.40 per share)

  —         —         —         (5,589 )     —         (5,589 )

Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle (net of tax benefit of $241) (Note 1)

  —         —         —         —         (368 )     (368 )

Comprehensive income:

           

Net income for the year

  —         —         —         15,380       —         15,380  

Translation adjustments (net of tax provision of $752)

  —         —         —         —         4,652       4,652  

Change in unrealized marketable securities gains and losses

  —         —         —         —         (18 )     (18 )
                 

Total comprehensive income

              20,014  
                                             

Balance, July 31, 2007

  13,237,554     $ 662     $ 64,186     $ 318,284     $  10,225     $ 393,357  
                                             

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

45


Table of Contents

ANALOGIC CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

 

     Year Ended July 31,  
     2007     2006     2005  

OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

      

Net income

   $ 15,380     $ 25,066     $ 28,862  

Less:

      

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

     —         139       (5,797 )

Gain on disposal of discontinued operations

     —         20,207       —    
                        

Income from continuing operations

   $ 15,380     $ 4,720     $ 34,659  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Deferred income taxes

     (2,806 )     (7,405 )     (5,671 )

Depreciation and amortization

     14,565       16,356       16,656  

Cumulative effect of change on accounting principle

     —         (120 )     —    

Allowance for doubtful accounts and notes receivable

     450       (116 )     371  

Gain on sale of BIR

     (4,036 )     —         —    

Net (gain) loss on sale of SKY assets and property, plant, and equipment

     (80 )     (14 )     95  

Equity loss (gain) in unconsolidated affiliates

     667       787       (283 )

Equity loss in unconsolidated affiliates classified as research and product development expense

     —         —         759  

Restructuring and asset impairment charges

     9,705       14,876       3,000  

Gain on sale of Cedara investment

     —         —         (43,829 )

Share-based compensation expense

     1,713       3,494       1,915  

Excess tax benefit from share-based compensation

     (477 )     (363 )     —    

Net changes in operating assets and liabilities (Note 17)

     (860 )     (19,699 )     (656 )
                        

NET CASH PROVIDED BY CONTINUING OPERATIONS

     34,221       12,516       7,016  
                        

NET CASH PROVIDED BY DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

     —         1,465       6,287  
                        

NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES

     34,221       13,981       13,303  

INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

      

Investments in and advances to affiliated companies

     16       (1,274 )     (2,326 )

Proceeds from the sale of Cedara investment

     —         —         50,752  

Proceeds from the sale of Camtronics

     —         38,906       —    

Proceeds from the sale of BIR

     4,236       —         —    

Additions to property, plant, and equipment

     (8,988 )     (13,692 )     (10,149 )

Capitalized software development costs

     (1,295 )     (1,109 )     (3,530 )

Proceeds from the sale of SKY assets and property, plant, and equipment

     644       276       120  

Maturities of marketable securities

     3,800       6,345       14,255  
                        

NET CASH (USED FOR) PROVIDED BY CONTINUING OPERATIONS

     (1,587 )     29,452       49,122  

NET CASH USED FOR DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

     —         —         (2,477 )
                        

NET CASH (USED FOR) PROVIDED BY INVESTING ACTIVITIES

     (1,587 )     29,452       46,645  
                        

FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

      

Issuance of stock pursuant to exercise of stock options and employee stock purchase plan

     5,111       9,040       4,239  

Excess tax benefit from share-based compensation

     477       363       —    

Purchase of common stock

     (60,000 )     (3,883 )     —    

Dividends paid to shareholders

     (5,589 )     (5,272 )     (4,388 )
                        

NET CASH (USED FOR) PROVIDED BY CONTINUING OPERATIONS

     (60,001 )     248       (149 )

NET CASH USED FOR DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

     —         —         (743 )
                        

NET CASH (USED FOR) PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES

     (60,001 )     248       (892 )
                        

EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE INCREASE ON CASH OF CONTINUING OPERATIONS

     1,505       610       (472 )

EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE INCREASE ON CASH OF DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

     —         —         (17 )
                        
     1,505       610       (489 )

NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     (25,862 )     44,291       58,567  

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF PERIOD

     252,407       208,116       149,549  
                        

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF PERIOD

   $ 226,545     $ 252,407     $ 208,116  
                        

Cash paid during the period for:

      

Income taxes, net

   $ 5,367     $ 18,631     $ 13,033  

Interest

     86       68       26  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

46


Table of Contents

ANALOGIC CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands except share and per share data)

1. Summary of business operations and significant accounting policies:

Business operations:

Analogic Corporation was incorporated in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts in November 1967. Analogic Corporation and its subsidiaries (“Analogic” or the “Company”) are engaged primarily in the design, manufacture and sale of high performance data acquisition, signal processing instruments to Original Equipment Manufacturer’s (“OEMs”) for use in advanced health and security systems and subsystems. One of Analogic’s subsidiaries sells products under its own name directly to niche end-user markets.

Significant accounting policies:

(a) Principles of consolidation:

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries, all of which are wholly-owned. Investments in companies in which ownership interests range from 20 to 50 percent, and the Company exercises significant influence over the investee’s operating and financial policies, are accounted for using the equity method. Other investments are accounted for using the cost method. On November 1, 2005, the Company sold its wholly owned subsidiary, Camtronics. This business has been reported as a discontinued operation in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 144, “ Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets,” and all periods presented have been restated accordingly to reflect these operations as discontinued. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

(b) Inventories:

The Company values inventory at the lower of cost or market using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. Management assesses the recoverability of inventory based on types and levels of inventory held, product life cycle, and changes in technology. A variety of methodologies are used to determine the amount of inventory write-downs necessary for excess and obsolete inventory. The write-downs are based upon the age of the inventory, lower of cost or market, along with other significant management judgments concerning future demands for the inventory. Once recorded, inventory valuation provisions are not subsequently reversed, until the inventory is used or disposed of.

(c) Property, plant, and equipment:

Property, plant, and equipment is recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or the term of the respective leases or the life of the improvements. Upon retirement or disposal, the cost of the asset disposed of and the related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any gain or loss is reflected in the Company’s Statements of Operations. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to expense when incurred while the costs of significant improvements, which extend the life of the underlying asset, are capitalized.

The annual provisions for depreciation and amortization have been computed in accordance with the following ranges of estimated useful lives:

 

Buildings

   35 to 40 years

Manufacturing equipment

   4 to 7 years

Furniture, fixtures, and computer equipment

   3 to 8 years

Leasehold improvements

   shorter of useful life
or the lease term

Motor vehicles

   3 to 5 years

 

47


Table of Contents

ANALOGIC CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

The Company reviews property, plant, and equipment for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of assets may not be recoverable. Recoverability of these assets is measured by comparison of their carrying amount to the future undiscounted cash flows the assets are expected to generate over their remaining economic lives. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized in earnings equals the amount by which the carrying value of the assets exceeds their fair market value determined by either a quoted market price, if any, or a value determined by utilizing a discounted cash flow technique. If such assets are not impaired, but their useful lives have decreased, the remaining net book value is amortized over the revised useful life.

Property, plant, and equipment consisted of the following:

 

     July 31,  
     2007     2006  

Property, plant, and equipment:

    

Land and land improvements

   $ 6,668     $ 6,452  

Building and improvements

     70,858       69,235  

Leasehold and capital lease improvements

     8,454       7,264  

Manufacturing equipment

     109,792       112,380  

Furniture, fixtures, and computer equipment

     51,009       49,630  

Motor vehicles

     1,665       1,506  
                
     248,446       246,467  

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (167,964 )     (164,614 )
                
   $ 80,482     $ 81,853  
                

Total depreciation of property, plant, and equipment was $11,766, $11,809 and $12,776 for fiscal years 2007, 2006, and 2005, respectively. The Company did not capitalize any interest in fiscal years 2007, 2006, or 2005.

(d) Revenue recognition and accounts receivable:

The Company recognizes the majority of its product revenue in accordance with Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 104, “Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements” . Revenue related to product sales is recognized upon shipment provided that title and risk of loss have passed to the customer, there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, the sales price is fixed or determinable, collection of the related receivable is reasonably assured and customer acceptance criteria, if any, have been successfully demonstrated. For product sales with acceptance criteria that are not successfully demonstrated prior to shipment, revenue is recognized upon customer acceptance, provided all other revenue recognition criteria have been met. The Company’s sales contracts generally provide for the customer to accept title and risk of loss when the product leaves the Company’s facilities. When shipping terms or local laws do not allow for passage of title and risk of loss at the shipping point, the Company defers recognizing revenue until title and risk of loss transfer to the customer. The Company classifies shipping and handling invoiced to customers as revenue and the related costs in cost of sales. Sales and other taxes collected from customers and subsequently remitted to government authorities are recorded as accounts receivable with a corresponding offset recorded to sales taxes payable. These balances are removed from the consolidated balance sheet when the cash is remitted to the tax authority. The Company includes service revenue, related primarily to extended warranty contracts and repairs, in the product revenue line item of its Consolidated Statement of Operations as they are deemed immaterial for separate classification.

 

48


Table of Contents

ANALOGIC CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

The Company’s transactions sometimes involve multiple elements (i.e., products and services). Revenue under multiple element arrangements is recognized in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 00-21, “Accounting for Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables” . Under this method, if an element is determined to be a separate unit of accounting, the revenue for the element is based on fair value and determined by vendor objective evidence (“VOE”), and recognized at the time of delivery. If an arrangement includes undelivered elements that are not essential to the functionality of the delivered elements, the Company defers that fair value of the undelivered elements with the residual revenue allocated to the delivered elements. Fair value is determined based upon the price charged when the element is sold separately. If there is not sufficient evidence of the fair value of the undelivered elements, no revenue is allocated to the delivered elements and the total consideration received is deferred until delivery of those elements for which objective and reliable evidence of the fair value is not available. Maintenance or service revenues are recognized ratably over the life of the contract.

For business units that sell software licenses or products in which the software is considered more than incidental, the Company recognizes revenue in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (“AICPA”)’s Statement of Position (“SOP”) 97-2, “Software Revenue Recognition” . The application of SOP 97-2 requires judgment, including whether a software arrangement includes multiple elements, and if so, whether vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) of fair value exists for those elements. License revenue is recognized upon delivery, provided that persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, no significant obligations with regard to installation or implementation remain, fees are fixed or determinable, collectibility is probable, and customer acceptance, when applicable, is obtained. The Company allocates revenue first to the fair value of the undelivered elements and then allocates the residual revenue to the delivered elements. Hardware and software maintenance is marketed under annual and multi-year arrangements and revenue is recognized ratably over the contracted maintenance term.

The Company provides engineering services to some of its customers on a contractual basis and recognizes revenue using the percentage of completion method. The Company generally estimates the progress towards completion on contracts with a fixed-fee arrangement on a monthly basis utilizing costs incurred to date as a percentage of total estimated costs to complete the project. If the Company does not have a sufficient basis to measure progress towards completion, revenue and related costs are deferred and recognized upon completion of the contract. When total cost estimates exceed revenues, the Company accrues for the estimated losses immediately.

Deferred revenue is comprised of: (1) maintenance and other service revenues for which payment has been received and for which services have not yet been performed; and (2) revenues related to delivered components of a multiple-element arrangement for which VOE, or VSOE, of fair value is not available for components not yet delivered or accepted by the customer.

Revenue related to the hotel operations is recognized as services are performed.

The Company grants credit to domestic and foreign original equipment manufacturers, distributors, and end users, and performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition. The Company continuously monitors collections and payments from its customers and maintains a provision for estimated credit losses based upon specific customer collection issues that have been identified. If it is determined that a current quarter sale is not collectible, recognition of revenue on such sale will be deferred until collection is made.

 

49


Table of Contents

ANALOGIC CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

(e) Warranty costs:

The Company provides for the estimated cost of product warranties at the time products are shipped. Although the Company engages in extensive product-quality programs and processes, its warranty obligations are affected by product failure rates and service delivery costs incurred to correct product failures. Should actual product failure rates or service delivery costs differ from the Company’s estimates, (which are based on specific warranty claims, historical data, and engineering estimates, where applicable), revisions to the estimated warranty liability would be required. Such revisions could adversely affect the Company’s operating results. Generally, the Company warrants that its products will perform in all material respects in accordance with its standard published specifications in effect at the time of delivery of the products to the customer for a period ranging from 12 to 24 months from the date of delivery.

(f) Research and development and capitalized software development costs:

Research and product development costs are expensed as incurred and include primarily engineering salaries, stock based compensation, overhead and materials used in connection with research and product development projects.

Software development costs incurred subsequent to establishing technological feasibility through general release of the software products are capitalized in accordance to SFAS No. 86 “ Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software to be Sold, Leased, or Otherwise Marketed ”. Technological feasibility is demonstrated by the completion of a detailed program design. Capitalized costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the economic lives of the related products, generally three years. Amortization expense was $739, $1,157 and $857 in fiscal years 2007, 2006 and 2005 respectively and is included in product cost of sales. The unamortized balance of capitalized software was $2,319 and $2,670 at July 31, 2007 and 2006 respectively.

(g) Income taxes:

The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires recognition of deferred tax assets, subject to valuation allowances, and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns. Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of asset and liabilities for financial reporting and income tax purposes. A valuation allowance is established if it is more likely than not that all or a portion of the net deferred tax assets will not be realized. The Company does not provide for U.S. Federal income taxes on undistributed earnings of consolidated foreign subsidiaries as such earnings are intended to be indefinitely reinvested in those operations. For disclosure purposes, calculations of the potential deferred income tax liability on these undistributed earnings is not practicable because such liability, if any, is dependent on circumstances existing if and when remittance occurs.

(h) Net income per share:

Basic net income per share is computed using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net income per share is computed using the weighted average number of common and diluted common equivalent shares outstanding during the period. Dilutive common equivalent shares consist of stock options and restricted stock.

 

50


Table of Contents

ANALOGIC CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

(i) Cash and cash equivalents:

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less at acquisition date to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents, primarily in short-term investments of government agencies discounted notes, amounted to $226,545 and $252,407 at July 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

(j) Concentration of credit risk:

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities, and accounts receivable. The Company maintains a limited bond investment portfolio of various types and maturities with high-credit-quality issuers. Cash and cash equivalents not required for working capital purposes are placed in short-term investments of government agency discounted notes with original maturities for three months or less. The Company grants credit to domestic and foreign original equipment manufacturers, distributors, and end users, and performs ongoing credit evaluations on its customers’ financial condition.

(k) Marketable securities:

The Company’s marketable securities are categorized as available-for-sale securities, as defined by the SFAS No. 115, “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities.” Unrealized marketable securities gains and losses are reflected as a net amount under the caption of accumulated other comprehensive income within the statement of stockholders’ equity. Realized gains and losses are recorded within the statements of operations under the caption other income or expenses. For the purpose of computing realized gains and losses, cost is identified on a specific identification basis.

(l) Use of estimates:

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of sales and expenses during the reporting periods. Such management estimates include allowances for doubtful accounts receivable; provisions for inventory to reflect net realizable value; estimates of percentage of completion of contracts; estimates of fair value for investments in privately held companies; intangible assets; valuation allowances against deferred tax assets; and accruals for product warranty, other liabilities, income taxes, and various estimates used in the calculation of stock-based compensation. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

(m) Comprehensive income:

SFAS No. 130, “Reporting Comprehensive Income,” established standards for reporting and display of comprehensive income and its components. Components of comprehensive income include net income and certain transactions that have generally been reported in the consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity. Other comprehensive income consists of unrealized gains (net of taxes) on marketable securities of $18 in fiscal year 2006, foreign currency translation gains (net of taxes) of $10,593 and $5,941 in fiscal years 2007 and 2006, respectively.

(n) Stock Based Compensation

Effective August 1, 2005, the Company adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment,”  which established accounting for equity instruments exchanged for employee services. Under the

 

51


Table of Contents

ANALOGIC CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

provisions of SFAS No. 123(R), share-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date, based on the fair value of the award, and is recognized as an expense over the employee’s requisite service period (generally the vesting period of the equity grant). Prior to August 1, 2005, the Company accounted for share-based compensation to employees in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion (“APB”) No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” and related interpretations. The Company also followed the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” . Therefore, no stock-based employee compensation expense had been recorded in connection with the issuance of employee and director stock options as all stock options granted under the plans were fixed awards and had an exercise price equal to the market value of the common stock at the time of the grant. Stock-based compensation expenses related to restricted stock granted at no cost to the employees were reflected in net income. The Company elected to adopt the modified prospective transition method as provided by SFAS No. 123(R) and, accordingly, financial statement amounts for the prior periods presented in this Form 10-K have not been revised to reflect the fair value method of expensing share-based compensation.

(o) Fair value of financial instruments:

The carrying amounts of cash, cash equivalents, and receivables approximate fair value. The fair values of marketable securities are estimated based on quoted market price for these securities.

(p) Impairment of long-lived assets:

The Company evaluates the recoverability of its long-lived assets, in accordance with SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets”. SFAS No. 144 requires recognition of impairment of long-lived assets in the event the net book value of such assets exceeds the estimated future undiscounted cash flows attributable to such assets. If impairment is indicated, the asset is written down to its estimated fair value based on a discounted cash flow analysis. The Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be fully recoverable or that the useful lives of these assets are no longer appropriate. Each impairment test is based on a comparison of the estimated undiscounted cash flows of the asset as compared to the recorded value of the asset.

(q) Segment information:

The Company operates primarily within two major markets within the electronics industry: Medical Technology Products and Security Technology Products. Medical Technology Products consists of three reporting segments: Medical Imaging Products, which consists primarily of electronic systems and subsystems for medical imaging equipment and patient monitoring; Digital Radiography Products, which consists primarily of X-ray detectors and direct digital radiography systems for diagnostic and interventional applications in mammography, cardiac, orthopedic, and general radiology applications; and B-K Medical ApS (“B-K Medical”) for ultrasound systems and probes in the urology, surgery, and radiology markets. Security Technology Products consists of advanced weapon and threat detection systems and subsystems. During fiscal year 2007, in conjunction with a change in management and the information reviewed by the Company’s principal executive officer, the Company determined that it has an additional reporting segment under Medical Technology Products called Digital Radiography Products.

(r) Translation of foreign currencies:

The assets and liabilities of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries, whose cash flows are primarily in their local currency, have been translated into U.S. dollars using the current exchange rates at each balance sheet date.

 

52


Table of Contents

ANALOGIC CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

The operating results of these foreign subsidiaries have been translated at average exchange rates that prevailed during each reporting period. Adjustments resulting from translation of foreign currency financial statements are reflected as accumulated other comprehensive income in the consolidated balance sheet. Exchange gains and losses, resulting from foreign currency transactions (transactions denominated in a currency other than that of the entities primary cash flow), excluding long-term intercompany receivables and investments, are included in operations in the period in which they occur. Foreign exchange transaction gains and losses are included in the results of operations in other income. The Company had foreign exchange gains totaling $63 in fiscal year 2007, foreign exchange losses totaling $161 in fiscal year 2006, and foreign exchange gains totaling $133 in fiscal year 2005.

(s) New accounting pronouncements:

In June 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued FASB Interpretation (“FIN”) No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes”, which is an interpretation of SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes”. FIN No. 48 requires management to perform a two-step evaluation of all tax positions, ensuring that these tax return positions meet the “more likely than not” recognition threshold and can be measured with sufficient precision to determine the benefit recognized in the financial statements. These evaluations provide management with a comprehensive model for how a company should recognize, measure, present, and disclose in its financial statements certain tax positions that the Company has taken or expects to take on its income tax returns. The Company is required to adopt FIN No. 48 effective as of August 1, 2007. The Company is currently evaluating the effect FIN No. 48 will have on its financial statements.

The Company adopted SFAS No. 158, “ Employer’s Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans-an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132( R),” effective December 15, 2006. SFAS No. 158 requires an employer to recognize in its statement of financial position an asset for a plan’s overfunded status or a liability for a plan’s underfunded status, measure a plan’s assets and its obligations that determine its funded status as of the end of the employer’s fiscal year, and recognize changes in the funded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan in the year in which the changes occur. Those changes will be reported in other comprehensive income and in a separate component of shareholder’s equity. The following table summarizes the incremental effects of the initial adoption of SFAS No. 158 on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet at July 31, 2007:

 

     Before
Application of
SFAS 158
   SFAS 158
Adjustments
    After
Application of
SFAS 158

Other current assets

   $ 11,255    $ (609 )   $ 10,646

Refundable and deferred income taxes

     23,112      241       23,353

Total assets

     459,509      (368 )     459,141

Total liabilities

     65,784      —         65,784

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     10,593      (368 )     10,225

Total stockholders’ equity

     393,725      (368 )     393,357

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

     459,509      (368 )     459,141

The Company adopted SAB No. 108, “ Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statemen ts,” effective November 15, 2006. SAB No. 108 requires misstatements to be quantified based on their impact on each of the financial statements and related disclosures. The adoption of this statement did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

 

53


Table of Contents

ANALOGIC CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” . SFAS No. 157 prescribes a single definition of fair value as the price that is received when an asset is sold or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. SFAS No. 157 is effective for the Company’s interim reporting period beginning August 1, 2008. The Company is currently evaluating the effect SFAS No. 157 will have on its financial statements. However, the Company does not believe at this time its adoption will have a material impact on its financial condition or results of operations.

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “ The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities-including an amendment of SFAS No. 115” . The new statement allows entities to choose, at specified election dates, to measure eligible financial assets and liabilities at fair value that are not otherwise required to be measured at fair value. If a Company elects the fair value option for an eligible item, changes in that item’s fair value in subsequent reporting periods must be recognized in current earnings. SFAS No. 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The Company is currently evaluating the effect SFAS No. 159 will have on its financial statements. However, the Company does not believe at this time its adoption will have a material impact on its financial condition or results of operations.

(t) Basis of presentation:

Certain prior years’ financial statement items have been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation. These reclassifications did not impact net income.

2. Discontinued operations:

During the second quarter of fiscal year 2006, the Company sold its wholly owned subsidiary Camtronics Medical Systems, Ltd. (“Camtronics”) for $40,000 in cash, and realized net proceeds of $38,906 after transactional costs. The Company recorded a net gain on the sale of Camtronics of $20,207, net of a tax provision of $8,885, or $1.46 per diluted share. In determining the gain, the Company also provided for estimated indemnification and tax liabilities of $1,754. Subsequent to the sale, in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2006, the Company recorded an additional indemnification liability of $652.

Prior to the sale, Camtronics had been reported as a separate segment. The Company sold its Camtronics operating segment to better focus on its other core lines of business. This business has been reported as a discontinued operation in accordance with SFAS No. 144 and all periods presented have been revised accordingly to reflect these operations as discontinued.

Revenues and net income (loss) for Camtronics for fiscal years 2006 and 2005 were as follows:

 

     Year Ended July 31,  
     2006    2005  

Total net sales

   $ 11,495    $ 38,092  

Net income (loss)

     139      (5,797 )

3. Stock-based payment:

Effective August 1, 2005, the Company adopted the provisions of Statement of SFAS No. 123(R), which established accounting for equity instruments exchanged for employee services. Under the provisions of SFAS No. 123(R), share-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date, based on the fair value of the

 

54


Table of Contents

ANALOGIC CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

award, and is recognized as an expense over the employee’s requisite service period (generally the vesting period of the equity grant). Prior to August 1, 2005, the Company accounted for share-based compensation to employees in accordance with APB No. 25 and related interpretations. The Company also followed the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 123. Therefore, no stock-based employee compensation expense had been recorded in connection with the issuance of employee and director stock options as all stock options granted under the plans were fixed awards and had an exercise price equal to the market value of its common stock at the time of the grant. Stock-based compensation expenses related to restricted stock granted at no cost to the employees were reflected in net income. The Company elected to adopt the modified prospective transition method as provided by SFAS No. 123(R) and, accordingly, financial statement amounts for the prior periods presented in this Form 10-K have not been revised to reflect the fair value method of expensing share-based compensation.

The following table presents share-based compensation expenses for continuing operations included in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations for the fiscal years 2007 and 2006:

 

     Year Ended
July 31,
 
     2007     2006  

Cost of product sales

   $ 157     $ 225  

Research and product development

     561       1,092  

Selling and marketing

     162       237  

General and administrative

     833       1,940  
                

Share-based compensation expense before tax

     1,713       3,494  

Income tax benefit

     (530 )     (859 )
                

Net share-based compensation expense

   $ 1,183     $ 2,635  
                

Effect on earnings (loss) per share:

    

Basic

     (0.09 )     (0.19 )

Diluted

     (0.08 )     (0.19 )

The decrease in the pre-tax share-based compensation expense of $1,781 from fiscal year 2006 to fiscal year 2007 is due primarily to a lower amount of equity awards granted in recent years and, to a lesser extent, higher actual forfeitures during fiscal year 2007 than originally estimated.

The Company estimates the fair value of stock options using the Black-Scholes valuation model. Key input assumptions used to estimate the fair value of stock options include the exercise price of the award, the expected option term, the expected volatility of the Company’s stock over the option’s expected term, the risk-free interest rate over the option’s expected term, and the Company’s expected annual dividend yield. The Company believes that the valuation technique and the approach utilized to develop the underlying assumptions are appropriate in calculating the fair values of the Company’s stock options granted for the year ended July 31, 2007. Estimates of fair value are not intended to predict actual future events or the value ultimately realized by persons who receive equity awards.

The fair value of each option grant was estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions for the fiscal years 2007 and 2006 as follows:

 

     Year Ended July 31,
     2007   2006

Expected option term (1)

   5.04 years   5.25 years

Expected volatility factor (2)

   31%   30%

Risk-free interest rate (3)

   4.71%   3.94%

Expected annual dividend yield

   0.6%   0.7%

 

55


Table of Contents

ANALOGIC CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 


(1) The option life was determined by estimating the expected option life, using either historical data or the simplified method under SAB No. 107, Share-Based Payment .
(2) The stock volatility for each grant is determined based on the review of the experience of the weighted average of historical daily price changes of the Company’s common stock over the most recent five years, which approximates the expected option life of the grant.
(3) The risk-free interest rate for periods equal to the expected term of the share option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.

The Company did not recognize compensation expense for employee stock option grants for fiscal year 2005, when the exercise price of the Company’s employee stock options granted in that fiscal year equaled the market price of the underlying stock on the date of grant. The Company had recognized compensation expense for its restricted stock grants. Upon adoption of SFAS 123(R) on August 1, 2005, using the modified prospective method, the Company recognized a benefit of $181 ($120 after tax) as a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle resulting from the requirement to estimate forfeitures of the Company’s restricted stock grants at the date of grant instead of recognizing them as incurred. The estimated forfeiture rate was applied to the previously recorded compensation expense of the Company’s unvested restricted stock in determining the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle. The cumulative benefit, net of tax, increased both basic and diluted earnings per share by $0.01.

Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123(R), the Company presented all tax benefits resulting from the exercise of stock options as operating cash flows in its statements of cash flows. SFAS 123(R) requires the cash flows resulting from the tax benefits in excess of compensation cost recognized for these options (“excess tax benefits”) to be classified as financing cash flows. For the fiscal years 2007 and 2006, there was $477 and $363, respectively, of excess tax benefit classified as a financing cash inflow.

The Company had previously adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 123, as amended by SFAS No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure” through disclosure only. The following table illustrates the effects on net income and earnings per share for fiscal year 2005, as if the Company had applied the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS 123 to share-based employee awards:

 

     Year Ended
July 31,
2005
 

Income from continuing operations, as reported

   $ 34,659  

Add: Employee compensation expense for restricted stock grants amortization included in reported income

     1,049  

Less: Total employee compensation expense for options and restricted stock grants amortization determined under the fair value method

     (3,633 )
        

Pro forma income from continuing operations

   $ 32,075  
        

Income per share from continuing operations:

  

Basic—as reported

   $ 2.55  

 —pro forma

     2.36  

Diluted—as reported

     2.54  

    —pro forma

     2.36  

 

56


Table of Contents

ANALOGIC CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

The fair value of each option grant was estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions:

 

     Year Ended
July 31, 2005

Expected option term

   5 years

Expected volatility factor

   39%

Risk-free interest rate

   3.32%

Expected annual dividend yield

   0.8%

Stock Incentive Plans

On January 29, 2007, the Company’s stockholders approved two new share-based compensation plans named the “2007 Stock Option Plan” and the “2007 Restricted Stock Plan”. There were no grants made under either of these new plans on or prior to July 31, 2007.

Under the Company’s 2007 Stock Option Plan, options may either be non-qualified options or incentive stock options and may not be granted at an exercise price less than 100% of the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of grant (or less than 110% of the fair market value in the case of incentive stock options granted to optionees holding more than 10% of the voting power of the Company). Options may not be granted for a term in excess of ten years (or five years in the case of incentive stock options granted to optionees holding more than 10% of the voting power of the Company). Except in certain circumstances, options that vest based on continued service of the optionee may not vest earlier than one year from the date of grant. Unless otherwise provided by the Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Committee”) in the specific option agreement, each option will vest as to 25% of the number of shares of common stock underlying the option on each of the second, third, fourth, and fifth anniversaries of the date of grant.

Under the Company’s 2007 Restricted Stock Plan, recipients are awarded shares of common stock, subject to the right of the Company to repurchase all or part of such shares from the recipient in the event that the conditions specified in the applicable award are not satisfied prior to the end of the applicable restriction period established for such award. Such conditions may include the achievement of performance goals or continued service with the Company. Except in certain circumstances, awards that vest based on continued service may not vest earlier than in three equal installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the date of grant. The Committee may condition an award on the recipient not competing with the Company for a one-year period following termination of such recipient’s employment with the Company.

Prior to January 29, 2007, the Company had two key employee stock option plans (one of which has lapsed as to the granting of options), two key employee stock bonus plans, two non-employee director stock option plans (one of which has lapsed as to the granting of options), and one employee stock purchase plan.

Options granted under the two key employee stock option plans generally become exercisable in installments commencing no earlier than two years from the date of grant and ending no later than six years from the date of grant. Unexercised options expire up to seven years from date of grant. Options issued under the plans are non-qualified options or incentive stock options and are issued at prices of not less than 100% of the fair market value of the Common Stock at the date of grant. Options granted under the two non-employee director stock option plans become exercisable in equal installments over three years commencing one year from the date of grant and remain exercisable for ten years from the date of grant. Options issued under the plans are non-qualified options and are issued at prices of 100% of the fair market value of the Common Stock at the date of grant.

 

57


Table of Contents

ANALOGIC CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

Under the Company’s key employee stock bonus plans, restricted Common Stock may be granted to key employees under terms and conditions as determined by the Board of Directors. Generally, participants under the stock bonus plans may not dispose or otherwise transfer stock granted for three years from date of grant. Stock granted under these plans generally vest in four equal installments beginning in the third year from the date of grant.

Under the employee stock purchase plan, eligible participants are granted options to purchase the Company’s common stock twice a year at the lower of 85% of market value at the beginning or end of each period. Calculation of the number of options granted, and subsequent purchase of these shares, is based upon voluntary payroll deductions during each six-month period. The number of options granted to each employee under this plan, when combined with options issued under other plans, is limited to a maximum outstanding value of $25 during each calendar year.

The fair value of each option granted under the employee stock purchase plan was estimated on the expected grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions:

 

     Year Ended July 31,  
     2007     2006  

Expected option term

   .5 years     .5 years  

Expected volatility factor

   37 %   25 %

Risk-free interest rate

   5.19 %   3.43 %

Expected annual dividend yield

   0.7 %   0.7 %

At July 31, 2007, 1,744,811 shares were reserved for grant under the above stock option, bonus and purchase plans.

The following table sets forth the stock option and restricted stock transactions for fiscal year 2007:

 

     Stock Options Outstanding    Non-Vested Restricted
Stock
     Number
of Shares
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
   Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
(years)
   Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
   Number
of Shares
    Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value

Outstanding at July 31, 2006

   425,747     $ 43.04    4.23    $ 1,622    138,114     $ 43.59

Granted

   68,700       63.48          16,500       62.22

Exercised

   (123,997 )     41.40           

Vesting of restricted stock

   —                (34,875 )     43.10

Cancelled (forfeited and expired)

   (31,862 )     45.56          (33,249 )     45.66
                       

Outstanding at July 31, 2007

   338,588       47.55    4.15    $ 8,954    86,490       46.54

Options vested or expected to vest at July 31, 2007

   294,752       46.82    3.98      8,012     

Options exercisable at July 31, 2007

   138,968       43.23    3.14      4,276     

 

58


Table of Contents

ANALOGIC CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

The weighted average fair value of stock options granted during fiscal years 2007, 2006, and 2005 was $21.49, $15.33, and $15.09 per share, respectively.

During the twelve months ended July 31, 2007 and 2006, the total intrinsic value of options exercised (i.e., the difference between the market price and the price paid by the employee to exercise the options) was $570 and $4,009, respectively, and the total amount of cash received from the exercise of these options was $5,133 and $8,772, respectively. The total fair value of restricted stock grants that vested during the year ended July 31, 2007 and 2006 was $2,109 and $2,410, respectively.

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at July 31, 2007:

 

     Options Outstanding    Vested Options

Range of

    Exercise Prices    

   Number
of Shares
   Weighted Average
of Remaining Contract
Life (years)
  

Weighted
Average
Exercise

Price

   Number
Exercisable
   Weighted
Average
Exercise Price

$34.75 - $41.32

   124,631    3.14    $ 39.91    59,584    $ 38.64

  41.34 -   48.79

   90,748    4.33      43.65    46,908      43.10

  49.52 -   64.70

   116,209    4.91      57.67    32,476      51.85

  66.47 -   66.47

   7,000    6.85      66.47    —        —  
                  

  34.75 -   66.47

   338,588    4.15      47.55    138,968      43.23
                  

As of July 31, 2007, there was $4,460 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested share-based compensation arrangements granted under the Company’s stock option and restricted stock bonus plans. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.8 years. The Company amortizes stock-based compensation on the straight-line method.

The actual tax benefit realized for the tax deductions from option exercises totaled $818 for fiscal year 2007.

4. Restructuring and asset impairment charges:

Cost of Sales

During fiscal years 2007 and 2006, the Company incurred asset impairment charges as cost of sales in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations under the caption “Asset Impairment Charges” as follows:

 

     Year Ended July 31,
     2007    2006

Medical Technology Products:

     

Digital Radiography Products:

     

Assets related to the digital radiography business

   $ 8,625    $ —  

Medical Imaging Products:

     

Inventory of CT Medical Program

     —        5,772

Corporate and other:

     

Inventory of AnaSky Limited, formerly known as SKY Computers, Inc. (“SKY”)

     —        1,589
             

Total

   $ 8,625    $ 7,361
             

 

59


Table of Contents

ANALOGIC CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

Assets related to the digital radiography business

As a result of continuing losses in its digital radiography business and the related business outlook, the Company evaluated the net realizability of all of the assets related to this business at October 31, 2006. As a result, the Company recorded an asset impairment charge of $9,705 associated with the write-down of the Company’s digital radiography system business assets to their estimated fair values as a group based upon the present value of estimated future cash flows of the business. Of the $9,705 in asset impairment charges, $8,625 was recorded to cost of sales and $1,080 was recorded to operating expenses. Amounts recorded to cost of sales included $4,144 related to inventory, $4,191 related to a software license, and $290 related to other assets. During fiscal year 2007, the Company continued to consider several alternatives regarding how to reduce future losses of the digital radiography business. In August 2007, the Company notified customers of its subsidiary, ANEXA Corporation (“Anexa”), which is part of the Digital Radiography Products segment, that sales and marketing of Anexa products would cease immediately, but that Analogic would continue to service and support the products currently with customers for the foreseeable future.

Inventory of CT Medical Program

In conjunction with ongoing discussions between the Company and an OEM customer in fiscal year 2006, significant uncertainty arose with respect to the viability of a CT medical development program and the realizability of the related assets. As a result, the Company recorded asset impairment charges of $5,772 in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2006 for the write-down of inventories.

Inventory of SKY

In fiscal year 2006, the Company decided to close SKY based on continued lower-than-expected sales. The restructuring charges related to the closure involved the write-downs of certain inventory for $1,589.

Operating Expenses

During fiscal years 2007, 2006, and 2005, the Company recorded restructuring and asset impairment charges as an operating expense in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations under the caption “Restructuring and Asset Impairment Charges” as follows:

 

     Year Ended July 31,
     2007    2006    2005

Medical Technology Products:

        

Medical Imaging Products:

        

Shenzhen Anke High Tech Co. Ltd (“SAHCO”)

   $ —      $ 275    $ —  

Photo Detection Systems, Inc. (“PDS”)

        216      2,160

Capitalized software of CT Medical Program

     —        5,808      479

Manufacturing license of CT Medical Program

     —        —        361

Digital Radiography Products:

        

Assets related to the digital radiography business

     1,080      —        —  

Corporate and other:

        

SKY

     —        1,216      —  
                    

Total

   $ 1,080    $ 7,515    $ 3,000
                    

 

60


Table of Contents

ANALOGIC CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

Assets related to the digital radiography business

Of the $9,705 in asset impairment charges related to the digital radiography business, $1,080 was recorded to operating expenses. The $1,080 asset impairment charge included $696 related to capitalized software under development at the time and $384 related to other assets.

SAHCO

The Company has a 44.6% equity interest in SAHCO, located in the People’s Republic of China. The Company reviewed this investment for other-than-temporary impairment in accordance with APB No. 18, “The Equity Method of Accounting for Investment in Common Stock” , and determined that at January 31, 2006, its investment in SAHCO was impaired based on its current fair value. In the second quarter of fiscal year 2006, the Company recorded an asset impairment charge of $275 related to this investment which represented the remaining book value of this investment.

PDS

On May 21, 2003, the Company acquired 1,251,313 shares of Series B Convertible Participating Preferred Stock for an equity interest of approximately 11% in PDS of Acton, Massachusetts. PDS, a privately held company, developed proprietary detection systems for high-performance Positron Tomography, a rapidly growing medical diagnostic imaging modality. In addition, the Company also received a convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $1,367 and an exclusive license of PDS technology for non-PET products. The convertible promissory note was convertible by the Company into 1,025,559 shares of Series B Convertible Participating Preferred Stock. During fiscal year 2005, upon PDS’ achievement of a technology milestone, the exclusive license of PDS technology reverted back to PDS and the Company received a warrant for the purchase of 2,250,563 shares of Series B Convertible Participating Preferred Stock. Since the second quarter of fiscal year 2005, the Company had been accounting for this investment under the cost method of accounting in accordance with EITF No. 02-14, “Whether an Investor Should Apply the Equity Method of Accounting to Investments Other Than Common Stock”. The Company reviewed this investment for other-than- temporary impairment in accordance with SFAS No. 115, “ Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities” and determined that, at October 31, 2005, its investment in PDS was impaired based on its current fair value, and therefore, recorded an asset impairment charge of $216 in the quarter ended October 31, 2005. During fiscal year 2005, the Company recorded asset impairment charges in PDS of $2,160, based on its current fair value. See Note 10 for further discussion regarding PDS.

Capitalized software of CT Medical Program

The Company had capitalized $5,808 in software development costs of which $3,850 related to a medical CT workstation project and $1,958 related to a medical CT development program. The objective of the medical CT workstation program was to broaden the current market opportunity for the Company’s CT Medical scanner back end subsystem by developing a front end system which would provide a complete solution for its customers. During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2006, management concluded that significant additional investment would be required to complete the development efforts on this front-end system and decided to no longer pursue its development efforts, and recorded an impairment charge of $3,850. With regard to the medical CT development program, in the fourth quarter of 2006, the Company evaluated viability of this capitalized software with respect to future use and realizability and, based on this evaluation, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $1,958.

 

61


Table of Contents

ANALOGIC CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

The Company had previously capitalized $479 in software development costs related to a Medical Imaging project. In fiscal year 2005, the Company determined that this project did not meet anticipated future market requirements and decided to focus its effort on other existing development projects. As a result, the Company recorded in fiscal year 2005 an impairment charge of $479 which represents the total amount capitalized by the Company for this project.

Manufacturing license of CT Medical Program

On January 24, 2003, the Company purchased a manufacturing license for $500 which would allow the Company to utilize mobile portable X-ray technology. In fiscal year 2005, management decided to no longer pursue their research and development efforts in this area due to limited resources. Accordingly, the Company has put this project on hold and is uncertain as to whether the Company will be able to utilize this technology in the future.

The Company had been amortizing the cost of the license over a five-year period. The Company determined that this intangible asset was impaired and recorded an impairment charge of $361 in fiscal year 2005.

SKY

During fiscal year 2006, the Company decided to close the business operations of its wholly owned subsidiary, SKY, based on continued lower than expected sales. The closing of SKY involved (1) the termination of approximately 40 employees, most of whom have been engaged in product development, sales, and administrative activities; (2) the write-down of certain capital assets; and (3) the write-down of certain inventory. In accordance with SFAS No. 146, “Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities,” the Company recorded a total charge of $1,216 in fiscal year 2006, of which $906 was for severance and $310 was for a write-down of capital assets within the operating expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations under the caption “Restructuring and asset impairment charges”.

On November 1, 2006, the Company sold certain assets and liabilities of SKY, including its obligation to service previously sold products, for a price of $405. The $405 includes $225 in cash paid at closing, $150 in cash paid in December 2006, and the assumption of $30 in liabilities. The Company recorded a gain of $205 from the sale in fiscal year 2007.

The following table summarizes accrued severance activity in fiscal years 2007 and 2006 relating to SKY:

 

    

Involuntary Employee

Severance

 

Balance at July 31, 2005

   $ —    

Restructuring charge

     906  

Cash payments

     (644 )
        

Balance at July 31, 2006

   $ 262  

Restructuring charge

     —    

Cash payments

     (262 )
        

Balance at July 31, 2007

   $ —    
        

 

62


Table of Contents

ANALOGIC CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

5. Net income per share:

Basic earnings per share are computed using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share are computed using the sum of the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period and, if dilutive, the weighted average number of potential shares of Common Stock, including unvested restricted stock and the assumed exercise of stock options using the treasury stock method.

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share for fiscal years 2007, 2006 and 2005:

 

     (In thousands, except per share data)  
     Year Ended July 31,  
         2007            2006            2005      

Income from continuing operations before

   $ 15,380    $ 4,600    $ 34,659  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

     —        139      (5,797 )

Gain on disposal of discontinued operations, net of tax

     —        20,207      —    

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax

     —        120      —    
                      

Net income

   $ 15,380    $ 25,066    $ 28,862  
                      

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding-basic

     13,814      13,704      13,566  

Effect of dilutive securities:

        

Stock options and restricted stock

     132      149      53  
                      

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding-diluted

     13,946      13,853      13,619  
                      

Basic earnings (loss) per share, net of tax:

        

Income from continuing operations

   $ 1.11    $ 0.34    $ 2.55  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

     —        0.01      (0.42 )

Gain on disposal of discontinued operations

     —        1.47      —    

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

     —        0.01      —    
                      

Net income

   $ 1.11    $ 1.83    $ 2.13  
                      

Diluted earnings (loss) per share, net of tax:

        

Income from continuing operations

   $ 1.10    $ 0.33    $ 2.54  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

     —        0.01      (0.42 )

Gain on disposal of discontinued operations

     —        1.46      —    

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

     —        0.01      —    
                      

Net income

   $ 1.10    $ 1.81    $ 2.12  
                      

Anti-dilutive shares related to outstanding stock options

     67      205      270  

Anti-dilutive shares related to outstanding stock options may become dilutive in future years.

6. Risks and Uncertainties:

The Company is subject to risks common to companies in the medical and security technology industries. These risks, which could have a material and negative impact on the Company’s business, financial condition, and results of operations, include, but are not limited to, loss of any significant customer, dependence on key suppliers, and United States and foreign regulatory clearances and approvals.

 

63


Table of Contents

ANALOGIC CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

Customers

The Company had three customers, as set forth in the table below, who accounted for 10% or more of the net product and engineering revenue during fiscal years 2007, 2006, and 2005.

 

     Year Ended July 31,  
     2007     2006     2005  

Customer 1

   18 %   19 %   15 %

Customer 2

   11 %   17 %   16 %

Customer 3

   (* )   (* )   10 %

Note (*): Total product and engineering revenues were less than 10% in this fiscal year.

The Company’s ten largest customers as a group accounted for 68%, 70%, and 66% of the Company’s net product and engineering revenue for fiscal years 2007, 2006, and 2005, respectively.

Although the Company is seeking to broaden its customer base, the Company will continue to depend on sales to a relatively small number of major customers. Because it often takes significant time to replace lost business, it is likely that operating results would be adversely affected if one or more major customers were to cancel, delay, or reduce significant orders in the future. Customer agreements typically permit the customer to discontinue future purchases after timely notice. In addition, the Company generates significant accounts receivable in connection with the products it sells and the services it provides to its major customers. Although its major customers are large corporations, if one or more of its customers were to become insolvent or otherwise be unable to pay for the Company’s products and services, the Company’s operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected.

United States or Foreign Regulatory Clearances and Approvals

The Company’s products are used by a number of its customers in the production of medical devices that are subject to a high level of regulatory oversight. A delay in obtaining or inability to obtain any necessary United States or foreign regulatory clearances or approvals for products could have a material adverse effect on its business. The process of obtaining clearances and approvals can be costly and time-consuming. There is a further risk that any approvals or clearances, once obtained, might be withdrawn or modified. Medical devices cannot be marketed in the United States without clearance from the FDA. Medical devices sold in the United States must also be manufactured in compliance with FDA rules and regulations, which regulate the design, manufacture, packing, storage, and installation of medical devices. Moreover, medical devices are required to comply with FDA regulations relating to investigational research and labeling. Each state may also regulate the manufacture, sale, and use of medical devices. Medical devices are also subject to approval and regulation by foreign regulatory and safety agencies.

 

64


Table of Contents

ANALOGIC CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

7. Marketable securities:

Marketable securities are categorized as available-for-sale securities and summarized as follows:

 

          Gross Unrealized     
     Cost    Gain    Loss    Fair Value

July 31, 2007

           

Debt securities issued by various state and local municipalities and agencies

   $ 2,000    $  —      $  —      $ 2,000

July 31, 2006

           

Debt securities issued by various state and local municipalities and agencies

     5,800      30      —        5,830

All investments held at July 31, 2007 are due within one year.

There are no realized gains or losses on marketable securities as the Company has not sold any marketable securities, included above, during the periods presented and cost has approximated fair value at the maturity dates.

8. Balance sheet information:

Additional information for certain balance sheet accounts is as follows for the years ended:

 

     July 31,
     2007    2006

Inventories:

     

Raw materials

   $ 27,825    $ 30,164

Work-in-process

     13,499      12,984

Finished goods

     13,089      12,370
             
   $ 54,413    $ 55,518
             

Accrued liabilities:

     

Accrued employee compensation and benefits

   $ 12,964    $ 10,002

Accrued warranty

     5,241      4,777

Other

     8,365      9,332
             
   $ 26,570    $ 24,111
             

Advance payments and deferred revenue:

     

Deferred revenue

   $ 10,311    $ 7,352

Ramp-up funds

     454      469

Customer deposits

     752      1,565
             
   $ 11,517    $ 9,386
             

 

65


Table of Contents

ANALOGIC CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

9. Intangible assets:

Intangible assets at July 31, 2007 and July 2006, which will continue to be amortized, consisted of the following:

 

     July 31, 2007    July 31, 2006
     Cost    Accumulated
Amortization
   Net    Cost    Accumulated
Amortization
   Net

Intellectual Property

   $ 8,264    $ 7,851    $ 413    $ 8,264    $ 6,196    $ 2,068

Amortization expense related to acquired intangible assets was $1,662, $1,626, and $1,612 for fiscal years 2007, 2006, and 2005, respectively. The estimated life of intangible assets is five years.

The estimated future amortization expenses related to intangible assets for each of the five succeeding fiscal years, is expected to be as follows:

 

2008

   $  404

2009

     9

2010

     —  

2011

     —  

2012

     —  
      
   $ 413
      

10. Investments in and advances to affiliated companies:

The Company has a 44.6% equity ownership interest in SAHCO located in The People’s Republic of China. During fiscal year 2006, the Company recorded $455 of expense as its share of equity losses, and $474 of income as its share of gains in SAHCO in fiscal year 2005. Also, during fiscal year 2006, the Company reviewed this investment for other-than-temporary impairment in accordance with APB No. 18, and determined that its investment in SAHCO was impaired based on its fair value. The Company recorded an asset impairment charge related to this investment of $275, which represented the Company’s book value. The carrying value of the Company’s investment in SAHCO was $0 at July 31, 2007 and 2006.

On May 21, 2003, the Company acquired 1,251,313 shares of Series B Convertible Participating Preferred Stock for an equity interest of approximately 11% in PDS. PDS, a privately held company, developed proprietary detection systems for high-performance Positron Emission Tomography (“PET”), a rapidly growing medical diagnostic imaging modality. PET scanning is a tool in the diagnosis and management of cancer, specifically for detecting early-stage tumors and determining tissue characteristics before and after treatment. In addition, the Company also received a convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $1,367 and an exclusive license of PDS technology for non-PET products. The convertible promissory note was convertible by the Company into 1,025,559 shares of Series B Convertible Participating Preferred Stock. If converted, the Company’s equity interest would increase by 9%. During fiscal year 2005, upon PDS’ achievement of a technology milestone, the exclusive license of PDS technology reverted back to PDS and the Company received a warrant for the purchase of 2,250,563 shares of Series B Convertible Participating Preferred Stock. The exercise of this warrant would increase the Company’s equity interest by 20%. The Company’s current equity interest, the potential conversion of the promissory note into Series B Convertible Participating Preferred Stock, and the potential exercise of the warrant could result in the Company having a 40% equity interest in PDS. Additionally, under certain circumstances in the future, the Company may at its discretion, or may be required to, purchase the remaining 60% equity at its then fair value.

 

66


Table of Contents

ANALOGIC CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

The Company accounted for this investment under the equity method due to the Company’s ability to exercise significant influence over operating and financial policies. Effective with the second quarter of fiscal year 2005, the Company changed the accounting method for its investment in PDS from the equity method to the cost method of accounting in accordance with EITF No. 02-14 . Subsequently, the Company reviewed this investment for other-than-temporary impairment in accordance with SFAS No. 115. The Company determined that its investment in PDS was impaired based on its current fair value, and therefore, recorded an asset impairment charge totaling $216 in the first quarter of fiscal year 2006, as compared to $2,160 during the second, third, and fourth quarters of fiscal year 2005. Prior to the effective date of EITF No. 02-14, the Company recorded its share of PDS losses of $759 as research and product development expenses in fiscal year 2005. At July 31, 2005, the Company’s investment in PDS was recorded, net of impairment charges, at $0 value. During the second quarter of fiscal year 2006, the Company invested $471 in PDS. The Company reviewed this investment for other-than-temporary impairment and determined that its investments in PDS was not impaired based on its current fair value. In February 2006, the Company elected to convert the outstanding principle represented by the convertible promissory note and to exercise the warrant received into shares of PDS Series B Convertible Participating Preferred Stock, increasing the Company’s equity interest in PDS to 43.8%. Following the increase in equity interest, the Company re-evaluated the accounting for its investment in PDS, including the consideration of FIN No. 46 (revised December 2003), “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities ” an interpretation of ARB No. 51”, and EITF No. 02-14 and determined that its investment should be accounted for under the equity method. The Company evaluated the change from cost to equity method under APB No. 18, and determined that no adjustment was required. For the remainder of fiscal years 2007 and 2006, the Company recorded its equity share of PDS losses of $667 and $332, respectively, and the Company’s investments in PDS, net of additional investments, at July 31, 2007 and 2006, was $0 and $667, respectively.

During fiscal year 2005, the Company had a 14.6% equity interest in Cedara Software Corporation (“Cedara”), which is a publicly traded Canadian company. On April 1, 2004, the Company’s guarantee of certain debt owed by Cedara to its lender was cancelled, along with the security agreement between the Company and Cedara’s lending bank. On November 8, 2004, the two affiliates whom the Company had appointed to the Cedara Board of Directors resigned from the Cedara Board. As a result, the Company on November 8, 2004 changed its accounting for this investment from the equity method to the cost method of accounting because the Company’s ability to exercise significant influence over operating and financial policies of Cedara had ceased. On February 17, 2005, the Company sold its equity interest in Cedara for $50,752 and realized a gain of approximately $43,829 from the sale. During fiscal year 2005, the Company entered into a six-year license agreement with Cedara for $6,000 which allows the Company to incorporate all of Cedara’s software products into the Company’s equipment and resell such equipment to the Company’s customers. The Company entered into a maintenance contract in the amount of $150 for the first year. At the Company’s option this maintenance contract may be renewed each year at $150. The Company has the option to further extend the license agreement for up to an additional four years on similar terms. The Company capitalized the costs of the license agreement and amortized the cost ratably over the life of the agreement in the Company’s product cost of sales during fiscal years 2006 and 2005. The remaining unamortized capitalized costs of the license agreement were written-down in fiscal year 2007.

On May 23, 2007, Bio-Imaging Research, Inc. (“BIR”), of which the Company had approximately a 17% ownership interest, declared a dividend, of which $1,429 was paid to the Company on May 24, 2007. This investment was being accounted for under the cost method and as of April 30, 2007 the book value was $200. On May 24, 2007, the Company sold its entire ownership interest in BIR for approximately $3,714, of which $2,807 was paid in cash upon closing and the remaining $907 will be held in escrow for a period of up to two years from the date of closing to secure any indemnification claims. The Company recorded income before taxes on the sale

 

67


Table of Contents

ANALOGIC CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

and related dividend income of approximately $4,036 during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2007 based on the cash received. The escrowed balance, less any amounts used to satisfy indemnification claims, will be recognized as income as the cash is received. On September 4, 2007, the Company received $84 of the $907 held in escrow, which will be recorded as income in the first quarter of fiscal year 2008.

11. Commitments and guarantees:

The Company has agreements whereby it indemnifies its officers and directors for certain events or occurrences while the officer or director is, or was serving, at the Company’s request in such capacity. The term of the indemnification period is for the officer’s or director’s lifetime. The potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these indemnification agreements is unlimited. Also, to the extent permitted by Massachusetts law, the Company’s Articles of Organization require the Company to indemnify directors of the Company and the Company’s by-laws require the Company to indemnify the present or former directors and officers of the Company and also permit indemnification of other employees and agents of the Company for whom the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) from time to time authorizes indemnification. In no instance, however, will indemnification be granted to a director otherwise entitled thereto who is determined to have (a) committed a breach of loyalty to the Company or its stockholders, (b) committed acts or omissions not in good faith or which involved intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law, or (c) derived any improper personal benefit in connection with a particular transaction. Because no claim for indemnification has been made by any person covered by said agreements, and/or the relevant provisions of the Company’s Articles of Organization or By-laws, the Company believes that its estimated exposure for these indemnification obligations is currently minimal. Accordingly, the Company has no liabilities recorded for these indemnity agreements and requirements as of July 31, 2007.

During August 2006, a dispute arose between the Company and an OEM customer with whom the Company had a development agreement regarding a medical CT program. The dispute related to whether either party breached the agreement. In February 2007, a settlement was finalized, resulting in a total charge of $221 during fiscal year 2007.

In November 2002, the FASB issued FIN No. 45 “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others, an interpretation of FASB Statements No. 5, 57, and 107 and rescission of FASB Interpretation No. 34” (“FIN 45”). FIN 45 requires a guarantor to recognize, at the inception of a guarantee, a liability for the fair value of the obligation undertaken by issuing the guarantee. The following is a summary of agreements that the Company determined is within the scope of FIN 45.

The Company’s standard original equipment manufacturing and supply agreements entered in the ordinary course of business typically contain an indemnification provision pursuant to which the Company indemnifies, holds harmless, and agrees to reimburse the indemnified party for losses suffered or incurred by the indemnified party in connection with any United States patent, or any copyright or other intellectual property infringement claim by any third party with respect to the Company’s products. Such provisions generally survive termination or expiration of the agreements. The potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these indemnification provisions is, in some instances, unlimited. The Company has never incurred costs to defend lawsuits or settle claims related to these indemnification agreements. As a result, the Company believes that its estimated exposure on these agreements is currently minimal. Accordingly, the Company has no liabilities recorded for these agreements as of July 31, 2007.

 

68


Table of Contents

ANALOGIC CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

Generally, the Company warrants that its products will perform in all material respects in accordance with its standard published specifications in effect at the time of delivery of the products to the customer for a period ranging from 12 to 24 months from the date of delivery. The Company provides for the estimated cost of product and service warranties based on specific warranty claims, claim history and engineering estimates, where applicable.

The following table presents the Company’s product warranty liability for the years then ended:

 

     July 31,  
     2007     2006  

Balance at the beginning of the period

   $ 4,777     $ 4,057  

Accrual

     6,018       5,761  

Settlements made in cash or in kind during the period

     (5,554 )     (5,041 )
                

Balance at the end of the period

   $ 5,241     $ 4,777  
                

During August 2007, an OEM customer notified the Company that one of its products was experiencing performance issues. The Company is working with the OEM customer to resolve the issues that exist and has accrued for its best estimate of the potential costs related to the resolution of this matter at July 31, 2007. The amount accrued at July 31, 2007 related to these issues is not material, however, actual costs upon final resolution could be different.

The Company currently has approximately $23,954 in revolving credit facilities with various banks available for direct borrowings. There were no direct borrowings in fiscal year 2007 or in fiscal year 2006.

12. Leases and other commitments:

Certain of the Company’s subsidiaries lease manufacturing and office space are under non-cancelable operating leases. These leases contain renewal options. The Company leases certain other real property and equipment under operating leases which, in the aggregate, are not significant.

Rent expense associated with the Company’s operating leases was approximately $1,625, $1,418 and $2,307 in fiscal years 2007, 2006, and 2005, respectively.

The following is a schedule by year of future minimum lease payments at July 31, 2007:

 

     Operating Leases

Fiscal Year

  

2008

   $ 1,956

2009

     1,478

2010

     970

2011

     559

2012

     548

Thereafter

     1,297
      
   $ 6,808
      

At July 31, 2007 the Company had outstanding non-cancelable purchase orders aggregating $35,484. The purchase orders are for manufacturing and non-manufacturing related goods and services.

 

69


Table of Contents

ANALOGIC CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

13. Other (income) expense:

Other income consists primarily of interest income on short- and long-term marketable securities, gain or (loss) attributable to investments on unconsolidated affiliates, which the Company accounts for under the cost or equity method, foreign exchange gains (losses), and income (loss) on the sale of property, plant and equipment.

The Company recorded income before taxes on the sale of its investment in BIR and related dividend income of approximately $4,036 during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2007 based on the cash received. See Note 10 for further discussion of the BIR transaction. In, fiscal year 2005, the Company realized a gain of $43,829 on the sale of marketable securities related to the Company’s sale of its equity interest in Cedara.

In fiscal years 2007 and 2005, the Company had foreign exchange gains of $63 and $133, respectively, versus a foreign exchange loss of $161 in fiscal year 2006 with respect to inter-company transactions.

14. Retirement Plans:

401(k) Plan

The Company has a qualified retirement plan called the Analogic 401(k) Plan (the “Plan”) to provide retirement income for eligible employees through employee contributions and employer contributions from the Company. Employer contributions are discretionary and may be in the form of a direct profit sharing contribution or a discretionary matching contribution as determined and approved by the Board of Directors. The Company contribution each year shall in no event exceed the maximum allowable under applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code. All contributions vest immediately.

The Plan, as allowed under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code, permits tax-deferred salary/wage deductions for eligible employees. Employees may contribute from 1% to 80% of their eligible compensation to the Plan, limited to a maximum annual amount as determined by the Internal Revenue Service.

Beginning in fiscal year 2003, the Company decided to contribute 5% of its net income, as defined, to the Plan. Beginning in fiscal year 2007, the Company decided to contribute to the Plan, the greater of 5% of its net income, as defined by the Plan, or $1,200. The Company, after further review of the Plan and with Board approval, made the decision to increase the contribution for fiscal year 2007 from $1,200 to $1,471. The Company’s contributions to the Plan totaled $1,471, $1,303, and $1,493, in fiscal years 2007, 2006, and 2005, respectively.

Defined Benefit Retirement Plan

The Company’s Canadian subsidiary, ANRAD CORPORATION, sponsors a defined benefit retirement plan called the Anrad Retirement Plan (the “Anrad Plan”). The Anrad Plan provides benefits to employees based on a formula recognizing length of service and final average earnings. The measurement date used for the plan is July 31. The Company recognizes the periodic pension expense in its consolidated statement of operations and the associated assets or liabilities on its consolidated balance sheet.

Effective July 31, 2007, the Company adopted SFAS No. 158. See Note 1 for the incremental effects of the initial adoption of SFAS No. 158 on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet at July 31, 2007.

 

70


Table of Contents

ANALOGIC CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

Anrad Plan Participants

The number of participants was as follows at July 31, 2007:

 

Active employees

   96

Vested former employees

   8

Retirees and beneficiaries

   2
    

Total

   106
    

The estimated net prior service cost, net transition asset, and net actuarial loss for the Anrad Plan that will be amortized from stockholders’ equity into pension cost in fiscal year 2008 are $9, $15, and $25, respectively. Comparable amortized amounts in fiscal year 2007, respectively, were $9, $24, and $59.

Net Periodic Benefit Cost

 

     July 31,  
     2007     2006     2005  

Service cost

   $ 722     $ 548     $ 345  

Interest cost

     277       204       130  

Expected return on plan assets

     (245 )     (168 )     (115 )

Amortization of transition asset obligations

     (24 )     (23 )     (21 )

Amortization of prior service costs

     9       8       8  

Amortization of net actuarial loss recognized

     59       26       —    
                        

Total cost

   $ 798     $ 595     $ 347  
                        

Actuarial Assumptions

Actuarial assumptions for the Anrad Plan are described below. The discount rates at July 31 were used to measure the year-end benefit obligations and the earnings effects for the subsequent year.

 

     July 31,  
     2007     2006     2005  

Discount rate

   5.75 %   5.50 %   5.75 %

Expected return on assets

   6.50 %   6.50 %   7.00 %

Salary increase

   3.75 %   4.00 %   4.25 %

To determine the expected long-term rate of return on the Anrad Plan assets, the Company considers the current and expected asset allocations, as well as historical and expected returns on various categories of plan assets.

The Company amortizes experienced gains and losses, as well as the effects of changes in actuarial assumptions and plan provisions over a period no longer than the average future service of employees.

 

71


Table of Contents

ANALOGIC CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

Funding Policy

The funding policy for the Anrad Plan is to contribute amounts sufficient to meet minimum funding requirements as set forth in employee benefit and tax laws plus such additional amounts as the Company may determine to be appropriate. During fiscal years 2007, 2006, and 2005 the Company made contributions to the Anrad Plan of $1,531, $1,045, and $437, respectively, and made payments for benefits and administrative expenses of $687, $288, and $58, respectively. In fiscal year 2008, the Company expects to make contributions and payments for benefits and administrative expenses of $1,176 and $144, respectively.

Benefit Obligations

Benefit obligations are described in the following tables. Accumulated and projected benefit obligations (“ABO” and “PBO”) represent the obligations of a pension plan for past service as of the measurement date. ABO is the present value of benefits earned to date with benefits computed based on current compensation levels. PBO is ABO increased to reflect expected future compensation.

Projected Benefit Obligation

 

     2007     2006  

Balance at August 1

   $ 4,359     $ 2,833  

Current service cost

     722       548  

Foreign currency exchange loss

     253       256  

Interest cost

     277       203  

Net actuarial (gain) / loss

     (562 )     802  

Benefit payments

     (664 )     (283 )
                

Balance at July 31

   $ 4,385     $ 4,359  
                

Accumulated Benefit Obligation

ABO balances for the Anrad Plan was $2,433 and $2,301 at July 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

Fair Value of Plan Assets

 

     2007     2006  

Balance at August 1

   $ 3,279     $ 2,074  

Actual return on plan assets

     416       253  

Employer contributions

     1,531       1,045  

Benefits paid

     (664 )     (283 )

Foreign currency exchange gain

     270       190  
                

Balance at July 31

   $ 4,832     $ 3,279  
                

 

72


Table of Contents

ANALOGIC CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

Plan Asset Allocation

The Anrad Plan assets are held in trust, as follows:

 

     July 31, 2007     July 31, 2006  
     Target
allocation
    Actual
allocation
    Actual
allocation
 

Equity securities

   65.0 %   64.8 %   64.4 %

Debt securities

   35.0 %   35.2 %   35.6 %
                  

Total

   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %
                  

The Pension Committee of the Anrad Plan sets investment policies and strategies for the Anrad Plan. Long-term strategic investment objectives include preserving the funded status of the Anrad Plan and balancing risk and return. The Pension Committee oversees the investment allocation process, which includes selecting investment managers, commissioning periodic asset-liability studies, setting long-term strategic targets and monitoring asset allocations. Target allocation ranges are guidelines, not limitations, and occasionally the Pension Committee will approve allocations above or below a target range.

Estimated Future Benefit Payments

Estimated future benefit payments under the Anrad Plan are as follows:

 

2008

 

2009

 

2010

 

2011

 

2012

 

2013-16

$ 134

  $144   $152   $178   $184   $1,185

Prepaid Pension Asset

The Company’s recorded assets and liabilities for the Anrad Plan were as follows:

 

     July 31,
     2007     2006

Prepaid pension asset

   $ 1,056     $ 266

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     (609 )     —  
              

Net amount recognized on the balance sheet

   $ 447     $ 266
              

 

73


Table of Contents

ANALOGIC CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

15. Income taxes:

The components of the provision for income taxes on operations are as follows:

 

     July 31,  
     2007     2006     2005  

Current income taxes (benefit):

      

Federal

   $ 5,534     $ 5,750     $ 17,432  

State

     580       (394 )     1,298  

Foreign

     178       984       571  
                        
     6,292       6,340       19,301  
                        

Deferred income taxes (benefit):

      

Federal

     (2,818 )     (6,895 )     (3,730 )

State

     (58 )     680       79  

Foreign

     (121 )     (592 )     274  
                        
     (2,997 )     (6,807 )     (3,377 )
                        
   $ 3,295     $ (467 )   $ 15,924  
                        

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes from domestic and foreign operations is as follows:

 

     July 31,  
     2007     2006     2005  

Domestic

   $ 20,691     $ 5,626     $ 51,590  

Foreign

     (2,016 )     (1,493 )     (1,007 )
                        
   $ 18,675     $ 4,133     $ 50,583  
                        

 

74


Table of Contents

ANALOGIC CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

The components of the deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

 

July 31, 2007

  

Deferred Tax

Assets

   

Deferred Tax

Liabilities

    

Deferred Revenue

   $ 1,172     $ —  

Intangibles

     5,667       291

Depreciation

     —         2,968

Bad debt

     136       —  

Capitalized interest and other costs

     227       267

Inventory

     5,196       —  

Warranty

     1,796       —  

Benefit plans

     1,709       —  

Indemnification accruals

     134       —  

Unrealized gain/loss

     6,771       1,751

Capitalized software, net

     —         289

State net operating loss

     193       —  

Foreign tax credit carry forwards

     303       —  

Foreign net operating loss

     1,712       —  

State tax credit carry forwards

     2,304       —  

Comprehensive income

     —         511

Miscellaneous

     641       41
              
     27,961       6,118

Valuation allowance

     (3,864 )     —  
              
   $ 24,097     $ 6,118
              

 

July 31, 2006

  

Deferred Tax

Assets

   

Deferred Tax

Liabilities

    

Deferred Revenue

   $ 791     $ —  

Intangibles

     3,256       222

Depreciation

     —         3,272

Bad debt

     218       —  

Capitalized interest and other costs

     140       440

Inventory

     6,008       —  

Warranty

     1,690       —  

Benefit plans

     2,031       —  

Indemnification accruals

     371       —  

Unrealized gain/loss

     6,850       1,990

Capitalized software, net

     —         871

Foreign tax credit carry forwards

     285       —  

Foreign net operating loss

     1,549       —  

State tax credit carry forwards

     1,647       —  

Comprehensive income

     —         488

Miscellaneous

     469       64
              
     25,305       7,347

Valuation allowance

     (3,094 )     —  
              
   $ 22,211     $ 7,347
              

 

75


Table of Contents

ANALOGIC CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

A reconciliation of income taxes at the United States statutory rate to the effective tax rate follows:

 

     Year Ended July 31,  
     2007     2006     2005  

U.S. federal statutory tax rate

   35 %   35 %   35 %

Export sales benefit

   -1 %   -4 %   -1 %

State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit

   0 %   -17 %   1 %

Incentive stock options net of disqualified dispositions

   1 %   8 %   0 %

Domestic production benefit

   -1 %   -4 %   0 %

Dividends received deduction

   -2 %   0 %   0 %

Gain (loss) on investment

   -4 %   -13 %   0 %

Tax exempt interest

   0 %   -3 %   -1 %

General business credit

   -5 %   -4 %   -2 %

Valuation allowance

   3 %   19 %   3 %

Effect of international operations

   -6 %   -32 %   -3 %

Increase (decrease) in tax reserves

   -1 %   3 %   -1 %

Other items, net

   -1 %   1 %   0 %
                  

Effective tax rate

   18 %   -11 %   31 %
                  

The Company does not provide for U.S. Federal income taxes on undistributed earnings of consolidated foreign subsidiaries as such earnings are intended to be indefinitely reinvested in those operations. Determination of the potential deferred income tax liability on these undistributed earnings is not practicable because such liability, if any, is dependent on circumstances that exist if and when remittance occurs. During the third quarter of fiscal year 2006, the Company recorded a provision-to-return adjustment which provided an out-of-period tax benefit of $329.

As of July 31, 2007 the Company had net operating loss carryforwards in Belgium and Germany of approximately $4,024 and $296 respectively, which have no expiration date and a loss carryforward of $524 in Italy which will expire in 2012. As of July 31, 2007, the Company had state net operating losses of $2,609 which will expire in fiscal year 2012. As of July 31, 2007, the Company also had state tax credit carryforwards of $3,544 which will expire in 2022.

Management has determined that it is more likely than not that the Company will not recognize the benefit of certain foreign losses, state losses, and tax credits and as a result, valuation allowances have been established at July 31, 2007 and July 31, 2006. The change in the valuation allowance in fiscal year 2007 is primarily the result of income in Belgium, and the addition of state tax net operating loss carryovers and credits where by use cannot be assured.

During fiscal year 2005, the Company identified potential additional tax benefits to be realized for the fiscal years 2000 through 2004 related to federal and state tax credits for research and development expenditures. A study has been completed and amended returns filed for fiscal years 2000 through 2003. The amount of federal and state credits claimed, net of third-party costs incurred related to the tax study, was approximately $6,150. To date, $645 has been received related to fiscal year 2000 and fiscal year 2001 and has been benefited through the tax rate. The fiscal year 2004 return and the amended returns are currently under IRS and state revenue department audits. Accordingly, the Company will recognize the remaining tax benefits related to these tax credits after completion of the IRS and state revenue tax audits. Contingent third-party costs incurred related to

 

76


Table of Contents

ANALOGIC CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

the refunds will be recognized as the benefit is recognized, and are approximately $1,200. The Company has comparable benefits in subsequent fiscal years 2005 through 2007 of approximately $900 that will also be recognized upon the completion of the audit.

The refundable and deferred tax assets include U.S. Federal and state refund claims. The fiscal year 2004 Federal net operating loss was carried back to offset the fiscal year 2002 and fiscal year 2003 Federal income tax returns and is expected to generate a refund of $4,918 at completion of the IRS audit discussed above. In addition, state tax credits, net of federal tax cost, of $236, are being claimed on amended state tax returns. These additional credits are in addition to the R&D credits discussed above. Refunds are not expected to be received until completion of the tax audits discussed above.

16. Quarterly results of operations (unaudited):

The following is a summary of unaudited quarterly results of operations for fiscal year 2007 and fiscal year 2006:

 

    For the Quarters Ended
   

October 31,

2005

 

January 31,

2006

 

April 30,

2006

 

July 31,

2006

   

October 31,

2006

   

January 31,

2007

 

April 30,

2007

 

July 31,

2007

               

Revenues

  $ 86,410   $ 100,011   $ 81,306   $ 83,718     $ 75,602     $ 88,358   $ 83,889   $ 92,933

Gross Margin (A)

    30,289     41,036     29,130     20,680       18,038       32,642     32,777     33,758

Income (loss) from continuing operations before discontinued operations and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle (B)

    1,063     9,097     2,510     (8,070 )     (5,360 )     5,420     6,998     8,322

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

    159     —       —       (20 )     —         —       —       —  

Gain on disposal of discontinued operations

    —       20,640     —       (433 )     —         —       —       —  

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

    120     —       —       —         —         —       —       —  
                                                   

Net income (loss)

  $ 1,342   $ 29,737   $ 2,510   $ (8,523 )   $ (5,360 )   $ 5,420   $ 6,998   $ 8,322
                                                   

Basic earnings (loss) per share:

               

Income (loss) from continuing operations

  $ 0.08   $ 0.67   $ 0.18   $ (0.59 )   $ (0.39 )   $ 0.39   $ 0.51   $ 0.60

Income from discontinued operations

    0.01     —       —       —         —         —       —       —  

Gain on disposal of discontinued operations

    —       1.51     —       (0.04 )     —         —       —       —  

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

    0.01     —       —       —         —         —       —       —  
                                                   

Net income (loss)

  $ 0.10   $ 2.18   $ 0.18   $ (0.63 )   $ (0.39 )   $ 0.39   $ 0.51   $ 0.60
                                                   

Diluted earnings (loss) per share:

               

Income from continuing operations

  $ 0.08   $ 0.66   $ 0.18   $ (0.59 )   $ (0.39 )   $ 0.39   $ 0.50   $ 0.60

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

    0.01     —       —       —         —         —       —       —  

Gain on disposal of discontinued operations

    —       1.50     —       (0.04 )     —         —       —       —  

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

    0.01     —       —       —         —         —       —       —  
                                                   

Net income (loss)

  $ 0.10   $ 2.16   $ 0.18   $ (0.63 )   $ (0.39 )   $ 0.39   $ 0.50   $ 0.60
                                                   

Shares used in computing income (loss) per share:

               

Basic

    13,631     13,625     13,732     13,815       13,827       13,866     13,874     13,670

Diluted

    13,734     13,799     13,956     13,912       13,827       13,982     14,003     13,842

 

77


Table of Contents

ANALOGIC CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 


(A) The Company recorded asset impairment charges of $1,179, $6,182, and $8,625 for the quarters ended October 31, 2005, July 31, 2006, and October 31, 2006, respectively.
(B) The Company recorded restructuring and asset impairment charges of $2,204, $503, $84, $12,085, and $9,705 for the quarters ended October 31, 2005, January 31, 2006, April 30, 2006, July 31, 2006, and October 31, 2006, respectively.

Also, the Company recorded a gain on the sale of other investments of $4,036 for the quarter ended July 31, 2007 related to the Company’s sales of its equity interests in BIR.

17. Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of the impact of acquisitions, are as follows:

 

     Year Ended July 31,  
     2007     2006     2005  

Accounts and notes receivable

   $ (6,042 )   $ (481 )   $ (5,750 )

Accounts receivable from affiliates

     —         688       267  

Inventories

     (1,532 )     (850 )     (5,008 )

Other current assets

     (1,435 )     106       (2,335 )

Other assets

     —         9       (5,422 )

Accounts payable, trade

     3,974       (3,495 )     3,309  

Accrued liabilities

     1,135       3,374       690  

Advance payments and deferred revenue

     2,543       (5,217 )     5,307  

Accrued income taxes

     497       (13,833 )     8,286  
                        

Net changes in operating assets and liabilities

   $ (860 )   $ (19,699 )   $ (656 )
                        

18. Segment and geographic information:

The Company operates primarily within two major markets within the electronics industry: Medical Technology Products and Security Technology Products. Medical Technology Products consists of three reporting segments: Medical Imaging Products, which consists primarily of electronic systems and subsystems for medical imaging equipment and patient monitoring; Digital Radiography Products, which consists primarily of X-ray detectors and direct digital radiography systems for diagnostic and interventional applications in mammography, cardiac, orthopedic, and general radiology applications; and B-K Medical for ultrasound systems and probes in the urology, surgery, and radiology markets. Security Technology Products consists of advanced weapon and threat detection systems and subsystems. The Company’s Corporate and Other represents the Company’s hotel business, net interest income, and other Company operations, primarily analog-to-digital converters and supporting modules, and embedded multiprocessing equipment, which do not meet the materiality requirements for separate disclosure. The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies.

 

78


Table of Contents

ANALOGIC CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

The table below presents information about the Company’s reportable segments:

 

     Year Ended July 31,  
     2007     2006     2005  

Revenues:

      

Medical technology products from external customers:

      

Medical imaging products

   $ 190,670     $ 165,578     $ 157,067  

Digital radiography products

     18,089       27,594       17,895  

B-K Medical

     80,790       74,072       71,842  
                        
     289,549       267,244       246,804  

Security technology products from external customers

     40,554       64,311       58,562  

Corporate and other

     10,679       19,890       21,113  
                        

Total

   $ 340,782     $ 351,445     $ 326,479  
                        

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle:

      

Medical technology products:

      

Medical imaging products (A)

   $ 25,489     $ (618 )   $ 46,885  

Digital radiography products (B)

     (26,301 )     (16,194 )     (19,253 )

B-K Medical

     4,966       2,387       5,645  
                        
     4,154       (14,425 )     33,277  

Security technology products:

     (3,784 )     9,969       14,771  

Corporate and other (C)

     18,305       8,589       2,535  
                        

Total

   $ 18,675     $ 4,133     $ 50,583  
                        

 

     July 31,
     2007    2006

Identifiable assets:

     

Medical imaging products

   $ 53,657    $ 53,487

Digital radiography products

     26,656      36,635

B-K Medical

     86,266      75,571

Security technology products

     18,434      14,806

Corporate and other (D)

     274,128      308,146
             

Total

   $ 459,141    $ 488,645
             

(A) Fiscal year 2006 includes asset impairment charges of $12,071 related to the write-down of $11,580 inventories and capitalized software of two medical CT development programs due to the uncertainty of their future use and realizability, and $491 related to the write-down of certain assets to their net realizable values. Fiscal year 2005 includes a gain of $43,829 related to the Company’s sale of its equity interest in Cedara, and an asset impairment charge of $3,000.
(B) Includes asset impairment charges of $9,705 related to the Company’s digital radiography business for fiscal year 2007.
(C) Includes the gains on the sales of SKY and its interest in BIR of $205 and $4,036, respectively, as well as interest income of $12,155 in fiscal year 2007. Includes interest income of $9,643, which is partially offset by restructuring and asset impairment charges of $2,805 related to the restructuring of SKY operations in fiscal year 2006. Includes interest income of $4,916 in fiscal year 2005.

 

79


Table of Contents

ANALOGIC CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

(D) Includes cash equivalents and marketable securities of $193,654 and $232,188 as of July 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

Information regarding geographic areas for fiscal years 2007, 2006, and 2005 are as follows:

 

Fiscal
Year

        United
States
   Japan    Germany    Other    Total

2007

  

Revenue from external customers

   $ 163,164    $ 59,254    $ 35,910    $ 82,454    $ 340,782
  

Long-lived assets

     58,102      —        —        35,597      93,699

2006

  

Revenue from external customers

     177,850      67,649      33,678      72,268      351,445
  

Long-lived assets

     63,122      —        —        34,688      97,810

2005

  

Revenue from external customers

     165,178      55,745      32,058      73,498      326,479
  

Long-lived assets

     69,639      —        —        30,405      100,044

Revenues are attributed to countries based on the location of the Company’s customers.

Other Long-lived assets are primarily in Denmark and Canada.

19. Common Stock repurchases:

On June 7, 2005, the Board approved the repurchase of up to $25,000 of the Company’s Common Stock. Under the repurchase program, the Company was authorized to repurchase during the next twelve months outstanding shares of its Common Stock through brokers and dealers in the public market or in privately negotiated transactions. During fiscal year 2006 the Company repurchased 80,000 shares of its Common Stock under this plan for approximately $3,883 at an average purchase price of $48.53 per share. The repurchase program expired on June 7, 2006.

On June 7, 2007, the Company announced that its Board on June 5, 2007, had authorized the repurchase of up to $60,000 of the Company’s Common Stock. The repurchase program was funded using the Company’s available cash. During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2007, the Company repurchased 818,030 shares of Common Stock under this repurchase program for $60,000 at an average purchase price of $73.35 per share. The repurchase program was completed on July 26, 2007.

20. Related party transactions:

At July 31, 2007 and 2006, the Company had a net receivable of $0 and $37, respectively, from its affiliate, SAHCO. Sales to SAHCO for fiscal years 2007, 2006, and 2005 were approximately $94, $1,102, and $3,546, respectively.

During fiscal year 2007, Ross Brown and John A. Tarello, who serve on the Board, received payments from the Company of $216 and $200, respectively, for consulting services provided to the Company. During fiscal year 2006, Ross Brown received payment of $40 from the Company for consulting services provided to the Company.

During fiscal years 2007 and 2006, the Company received approximately $2 and $59, respectively, from NeuroLogica Corp., of which Bernard M. Gordon, a member of the Board, is the Chief Executive Officer, related primarily to certain contract manufacturing activities.

 

80


Table of Contents

ANALOGIC CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

21. Subsequent events:

On September 24, 2007, the Company announced that its Board, on September 20, 2007, declared a dividend of $0.10 per common share payable on October 18, 2007 to shareholders of record on October 4, 2007.

 

81


Table of Contents

ANALOGIC CORPORATION

SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

(In thousands)

 

Description

   Balance at
Beginning
of Period
   Charged to
Profit and
Loss or
Income
    Additions
Charged
to Other
Accounts
   Deductions
From
Reserves
    Recoveries    Balance
at End of
Period

Allowance for doubtful accounts

               

Year ended July 31, 2007

   $ 1,017    $ 450     $  —      $ (40 )   $  —      $ 1,427

Year ended July 31, 2006

     1,973      (116 )     —        (840 )     —        1,017

Year ended July 31, 2005

     2,130      371       —        (528 )     —        1,973

 

Description

   Balance at
Beginning
of Period
   Tax Valuation
Allowance
Charged to
Income Tax
Provision
    Charged
to Other
Accounts
   Tax Valuation
Allowance
Credited to
Income Tax
Provision
    Balance
at End of
Period

Year ended July 31, 2007 income tax valuation allowance

   $ 3,094    $ 808 (A)   $  —      $ (38 )(B)   $ 3,864

Year ended July 31, 2006 income tax valuation allowance

     1,418      1,693 (C)     —        (17 )(D)     3,094

Year ended July 31, 2005 income tax valuation allowance

     1,249      169 (E)     —        —         1,418

(A) Represents the increase in valuation allowance resulting from additional unused state tax credits.
(B) Represents the decrease of the valuation allowance in Belgium.
(C) Represents the increase in valuation allowance resulting from additional losses in Belgium and the establishment of a valuation allowance for state tax credits.
(D) Represents the decrease of the valuation allowance in Singapore.
(E) Represents the increase in valuation allowance resulting from additional losses in Canada and Belgium and losses in Singapore.

 

82


Table of Contents

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

 

        

Title

  

Incorporated by Reference to

  3.1    Restated Articles of Organization as amended March 15, 1988    Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended July 31, 1988
  3.2    By-laws, as amended    Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 13, 2006
  10.1    Land Disposition Agreement by and between City of Peabody Community Development Authority and Analogic Corporation    Exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended July 31, 1981
*   10.2    Form of Indemnity Agreement    Exhibit 10.19 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended July 31, 1987
*   10.3    Employee Qualified Stock Purchase Plan dated June 10, 1986, as amended October 9, 1997 and October 15, 2002    Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed July 24, 2003
*   10.4    Key Employee Incentive Stock Option Plan dated June 11, 1993, as amended October 12, 2000, November 16, 2001, and September 20, 2006    Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2006
*   10.5    1997 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors dated January 31, 1997, as amended on December 8, 2003 and September 20, 2006    Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2006
*   10.6    Key Employee Incentive Stock Option Plan dated June 11, 1998, as amended October 12, 2000, November 16, 2001, and September 20, 2006    Exhibit 10.9 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2006
*   10.7    Key Employee Stock Bonus Plan dated March 14, 1983, as amended on January 27, 1988    Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the three months ended January 31, 2006
*   10.8    Key Employee Stock Bonus Plan dated October 12, 2000, as amended on March 11, 2003    Appendix A to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement dated December 15, 2003 for the Company’s Annual Meeting of Stockholders held January 16, 2004.
*   10.9    Form of Stock Option Grant for Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors dated January 31, 1997, as amended December 8, 2003 and September 20, 2006    Exhibit 10.29 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2004
    *   10.10    Form of Stock Options Grant for Key Employee Incentive Stock Option Plan dated June 11, 1998, as amended October 12, 2000, November 16, 2001, and September 20, 2006    Exhibit 10.30 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2004
*   10.11    Form of Restricted Stock Grant for Key Employee Stock Bonus Plan dated October 12, 2000, as amended on March 11, 2003    Exhibit 10.31 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fi3scal year ended July 31, 2004

 

83


Table of Contents
        

Title

  

Incorporated by Reference to

*   10.12    2007 Stock Option Plan    Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 2, 2007
*   10.13    2007 Restricted Stock Plan    Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 2, 2007
*   10.14    Form of Stock Option Award Agreement for 2007 Stock Option Plan   

Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 2, 2007
*   10.15    Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement for 2007 Restricted Stock Plan   

Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 2, 2007
*   10.16    Severance and Settlement Agreement and Release between Analogic Corporation and John W. Wood Jr. dated January 29, 2007   



Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 2, 2007
*   10.17    Letter Agreement between Analogic Corporation and James Green, dated April 20, 2007, and accepted and agreed to by Mr. Green on May 1, 2007   





Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 7, 2007
*   10.18    Form of Change of Control Agreement for Certain Executive Officers at Analogic Corporation   

Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 24, 2007
  10.19    Secondary sale of common shares of Cedara Software   

Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the three months ended April 30, 2005
*   10.20    Form of Indemnity Agreement for certain Directors and Executive Officers of Analogic Corporation   



Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 14, 2007
  10.21    Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of November 1, 2005, between Analogic Corporation and Emageon Inc.   



Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 4, 2005
*   10.22    Analogic 401(k) Plan (January 1, 2007 Restatement)   
*   10.23    Form of Restricted Stock Grant for Key Employee Stock Bonus Plan dated March 14, 1983, as amended on January 27, 1988   
  21         List of Subsidiaries   
  23         Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP   

 

84


Table of Contents
        

Title

  

Incorporated by Reference to

  31.1      Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended   
  31.2      Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended   
  32.1      Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002   
  32.2      Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002   

* Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement

 

85

EXHIBIT 10.22

 

 

 

 

 

ANALOGIC 401(k) PLAN

(January 1, 2007 Restatement)

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PREAMBLE    1
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS    2

1.1

   Plan Definitions    2

1.2

   Interpretation    8
ARTICLE II SERVICE    9

2.1

   Special Definitions    9

2.2

   Crediting of Hours of Service    9

2.3

   Limitations on Crediting of Hours of Service    10

2.4

   Department of Labor Rules    10

2.5

   Years of Eligibility Service    11

2.6

   Vesting Service    11

2.7

   Crediting of Hours of Service with Respect to Short “Computation Periods”    11

2.8

   Crediting of Service on Transfer or Amendment    11

2.9

   Crediting of Service to “Leased Employees”    12
ARTICLE III ELIGIBILITY    13

3.1

   Eligibility    13

3.2

   Transfers of Employment    13

3.3

   Reemployment    13

3.4

   Notification Concerning New Eligible Employees    13

3.5

   Effect and Duration    13
ARTICLE IV TAX-DEFERRED CONTRIBUTIONS    15

4.1

   Tax-Deferred Contributions    15

4.2

   Amount of Tax-Deferred Contributions    15

4.3

   Automatic Deferral Elections    15

4.4

   Notice of Automatic Deferral Election    16

4.5

   Amendments to Reduction Authorization    16

4.6

   Suspension of Tax-Deferred Contributions    16

4.7

   Resumption of Tax-Deferred Contributions    17

4.8

   Delivery of Tax-Deferred Contributions    17

4.9

   Vesting of Tax-Deferred Contributions    17
ARTICLE V AFTER-TAX AND ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS    18

5.1

   Prior After-Tax Contributions    18

5.2

   Rollover Contributions    18

5.3

   Vesting of After-Tax Contributions and Rollover Contributions    18

 

i


ARTICLE VI EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS    19

6.1

   Contribution Period    19

6.2

   Discretionary Contributions    19

6.3

   Allocation of Discretionary Contributions    19

6.4

   Qualified Non-elective Contributions    21

6.5

   Allocation of Qualified Non-elective Contributions    21

6.6

   Amount and Allocation of Regular Matching Contributions    22

6.7

   Limit on Tax-Deferred Contributions Matched    22

6.8

   True Up Matching Contributions    23

6.9

   Qualified Matching Contributions    23

6.10

   Verification of Amount of Employer Contributions by the Sponsor    23

6.11

   Payment of Employer Contributions    23

6.12

   Allocation Requirements for Employer Contributions    23

6.13

   Vesting of Employer Contributions    24

6.14

   Election of Former Vesting Schedule    24
ARTICLE VII LIMITATIONS ON CONTRIBUTIONS    25

7.1

   Definitions    25

7.2

   Code Section 402(g) Limit    28

7.3

   Distribution of Excess Deferrals    29

7.4

   Limitation on Tax-Deferred Contributions of Highly Compensated Employees    29

7.5

   Determination and Allocation of Excess Tax-Deferred Contributions Among Highly Compensated Employees    31

7.6

   Distribution of Excess Tax-Deferred Contributions    32

7.7

   Limitation on Matching Contributions of Highly Compensated Employees    32

7.8

   Determination and Allocation of Excess Matching Contributions Among Highly Compensated Employees    33

7.9

   Distribution of Excess Contributions    34

7.10

   Multiple Use Limitation    35

7.11

   Treatment of Forfeited Matching Contributions    35

7.12

   Determination of Income or Loss    36

7.13

   Code Section 415 Limitations on Crediting of Contributions and Forfeitures    36

7.14

   Application of Code Section 415 Limitations Where Participant is Covered Under Another Qualified Defined Contribution Plan    37

7.15

   Scope of Limitations    38
ARTICLE VIII TRUST FUNDS AND ACCOUNTS    39

8.1

   General Fund    39

8.2

   Investment Funds    39

8.3

   Loan Investment Fund    39

 

ii


8.4

   Income on Trust    39

8.5

   Accounts    39

8.6

   Sub-Accounts    40
ARTICLE IX LIFE INSURANCE CONTRACTS    41

9.1

   No Life Insurance Contracts    41
ARTICLE X DEPOSIT AND INVESTMENT OF CONTRIBUTIONS    42

10.1

   Future Contribution Investment Elections    42

10.2

   Deposit of Contributions    42

10.3

   Election to Transfer Between Funds    42

10.4

   404 © Protection    43
ARTICLE XI CREDITING AND VALUING ACCOUNTS    44

11.1

   Crediting Accounts    44

11.2

   Valuing Accounts    44

11.3

   Plan Valuation Procedures    44

11.4

   Finality of Determinations    45

11.5

   Notification    45
ARTICLE XII LOANS    46

12.1

   Application for Loan    46

12.2

   Reduction of Account Upon Distribution    46

12.3

   Requirements to Prevent a Taxable Distribution    46

12.4

   Administration of Loan Investment Fund    48

12.5

   Default    49

12.6

   Deemed Distribution Under Code Section 72(p)    49

12.7

   Treatment of Outstanding Balance of Loan Deemed Distributed Under Code Section 72(p)    50

12.8

   Special Rules Applicable to Loans    50

12.9

   Loans Granted Prior to Amendment    51
ARTICLE XIII WITHDRAWALS WHILE EMPLOYED    52

13.1

   Non-Hardship Withdrawals of After-Tax Contributions    52

13.2

   Non-Hardship Withdrawals of Rollover Contributions from B-K Medical Plan    52

13.3

   Non-Hardship Withdrawals of Amounts Transferred from Siemens Savings Plan    52

13.4

   Age Fifty-Nine and One-Half (59  1 / 2 ) Withdrawals    52

13.5

   Overall Limitations on Non-Hardship Withdrawals    53

13.6

   Hardship Withdrawals    53

13.7

   Hardship Determination    53

13.8

   Satisfaction of Necessity Requirement for Hardship Withdrawals    54

13.9

   Conditions and Limitations on Hardship Withdrawals    55

 

iii


13.10

   Order of Withdrawal from a Participant's Sub-Accounts    55
ARTICLE XIV TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT AND SETTLEMENT DATE    56

14.1

   Termination of Employment and Settlement Date    56
ARTICLE XV DISTRIBUTIONS    57

15.1

   Distributions to Participants    57

15.2

   Distributions to Beneficiaries    57

15.3

   Cash Outs and Participant Consent    57

15.4

   Required Commencement of Distribution    58

15.5

   Reemployment of a Participant    58

15.6

   Restrictions on Alienation    58

15.7

   Facility of Payment    59

15.8

   Inability to Locate Payee    59

15.9

   Distribution Pursuant to Qualified Domestic Relations Orders    59
ARTICLE XVI FORM OF PAYMENT    60

16.1

   Form of Payment    60

16.2

   Direct Rollover    60

16.3

   Notice Regarding Form of Payment    61
ARTICLE XVII BENEFICIARIES    62

17.1

   Designation of Beneficiary    62

17.2

   Spousal Consent Requirements    62
ARTICLE XVIII ADMINISTRATION    63

18.1

   Authority of the Sponsor    63

18.2

   Discretionary Authority    63

18.3

   Action of the Sponsor    63

18.4

   Designation and Appointment of Administrative Committee    64

18.5

   Reliance on Specialists    65

18.6

   Claims Review Procedure    65

18.7

   Qualified Domestic Relations Orders    66

18.8

   Indemnification    66

18.9

   Actions Binding    67
ARTICLE XIX AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION    68

19.1

   Amendment    68

19.2

   Limitation on Amendment    68

19.3

   Termination    68

19.4

   Reorganization    69

19.5

   Withdrawal of an Employer Upon Ceasing to be Member of Controlled Group    70

 

iv


ARTICLE XX ADOPTION BY OTHER ENTITIES    71

20.1

   Adoption by Related Companies    71

20.2

   Effective Plan Provisions    71
ARTICLE XXI MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS    72

21.1

   No Commitment as to Employment    72

21.2

   Benefits    72

21.3

   No Guarantees    72

21.4

   Expenses    72

21.5

   Precedent    72

21.6

   Duty to Furnish Information    72

21.7

   Merger, Consolidation, or Transfer of Plan Assets    73

21.8

   Back Pay Awards    73

21.9

   Condition on Employer Contributions    73

21.10

   Return of Contributions to an Employer    74

21.11

   Validity of Plan    74

21.12

   Trust Agreement    74

21.13

   Parties Bound    74

21.14

   Application of Certain Plan Provisions    74

21.15

   Merged Plans    75

21.16

   Transferred Funds    75

21.17

   Veterans Reemployment Rights    75

21.18

   Delivery of Cash Amounts    75

21.19

   Written Communications    75
ARTICLE XXII TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS    77

22.1

   Definitions    77

22.2

   Applicability    79

22.3

   Minimum Employer Contribution    79
APPENDIX TO ANALOGIC 401(K) PLAN    81
SECTION I DEFINITIONS    81

1.1

   Definitions    81

SECTION II GENERAL RULES

   82

2.1

   Effective Date    82

2.2

   Precedence    82

2.3

   Requirements of Treasury Regulations Incorporated    82
SECTION III TIME AND MANNER OF DISTRIBUTION    82

3.1

   Required Beginning Date    82

3.2

   Death of Participant Before Distributions Begin    82

3.3

   Form of Distribution    83

 

v


SECTION IV REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS AFTER PARTICIPANT'S DEATH    83

4.1

   Death On or After Date Distributions Begin    83

4.2

   Death Before Date Distributions Begin    83

 

vi


PREAMBLE

The Analogic 401(k) Plan, originally effective as of August 1, 1976, is hereby amended and restated in its entirety. This amendment and restatement shall be effective as of January 1, 2007. The Plan, as amended and restated hereby, is intended to qualify as a profit-sharing plan under Code Section 401(a), and includes a cash or deferred arrangement that is intended to qualify under Code Section 401(k). The Plan is maintained for the exclusive benefit of eligible employees and their beneficiaries.

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, a Participant’s vested interest in his Account under the Plan on and after the effective date of this amendment and restatement shall be not less than his vested interest in his account on the day immediately preceding the effective date. Any provision of the Plan that restricted or limited withdrawals, loans, or other distributions, or otherwise required separate accounting with respect to any portion of a Participant’s Account immediately prior to the later of the effective date of this amendment and restatement or the date this amendment and restatement is adopted and the elimination of which would adversely affect the qualification of the Plan under Code Section 401(a) shall continue in effect with respect to such portion of the Participant’s Account as if fully set forth in this amendment and restatement.

 

1


ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

1.1 Plan Definitions

As used herein, the following words and phrases have the meanings hereinafter set forth, unless a different meaning is plainly required by the context:

An “ Account ” means the account maintained by the Trustee in the name of a Participant that reflects such Participant’s interest in the Trust and any Sub-Accounts maintained thereunder, as provided in Article VIII.

The “ Administrative Committee ” means the committee, if any, appointed by the Sponsor and designated in accordance with Section 18.1 to act as the administrator for purposes of ERISA and the plan administrator for purposes of the Code.

The “ Administrator ” means the Sponsor unless the Sponsor designates another person or persons to act as such.

An “ After-Tax Contribution ” means any after-tax employee contribution made by a Participant to the Plan as may be permitted under Article V or as may have been permitted under the terms of the Plan prior to this amendment and restatement or any after-tax employee contribution made by a Participant to another plan that is transferred directly to the Plan.

The “ Beneficiary ” of a Participant means the person or persons entitled under the provisions of the Plan to receive benefits hereunder in the event the Participant dies before receiving distribution of his entire interest under the Plan.

A Participant’s “ Benefit Payment Date ” means the first day on which all events have occurred which entitle the Participant to receive payment of his benefit.

The “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time. Reference to a Code section includes such section and any comparable section or sections of any future legislation that amends, supplements, or supersedes such section.

The “ Compensation ” of a Participant for any period means the wages as defined in Code Section 3401(a), determined without regard to any rules that limit compensation included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or services performed, and all other payments made to him for such period for services as an Employee for which his Employer is required to furnish the Participant a written statement under Code Sections 6041(d), 6051(a)(3), and 6052 (commonly referred to as W-2 earnings).

 

2


Notwithstanding the foregoing, Compensation shall not include the following:

 

* severance pay received after December 31, 2006;
* moving expenses;
* reimbursements;
* allowances other than car allowances;
* amounts attributable to bonus shares or other restricted stock awards;
* amounts attributable to the grant, exercise or disposition of any stock option; or
* any other amounts related to stock transactions.

In addition to the foregoing, Compensation includes any amount that would have been included in the foregoing description, but for the Participant’s election to defer payment of such amount under Code Section 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B), 403(b), or 457(b) and certain contributions described in Code Section 414(h)(2) that are picked up by the Employer and treated as employer contributions. Effective for Plan Years beginning on and after January 1, 2001, Compensation shall also include any amount that is not included in the Participant’s taxable gross income pursuant to Code Section 132(f). For purposes of this paragraph, if applicable, amounts under a group health plan that a Participant cannot receive in cash in lieu of coverage under the group health plan because the Participant cannot certify that he has other health coverage will nevertheless be deemed to be excluded from the Participant’s taxable income pursuant to Code Section 125.

In no event, however, shall the Compensation of a Participant taken into account under the Plan for any Plan Year exceed $150,000 (subject to adjustment annually as provided in Code Sections 401(a)(17)(B) and 415(d); provided, however, that the dollar increase in effect on January 1 of any calendar year, if any, is effective for Plan Years beginning in such calendar year). If the Compensation of a Participant is determined over a period of time that contains fewer than twelve (12) calendar months, then the annual compensation limitation described above shall be adjusted with respect to that Participant by multiplying the annual compensation limitation in effect for the Plan Year by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of full months in the period and the denominator of which is twelve (12); provided, however, that no proration is required for a Participant who is covered under the Plan for less than one (1) full Plan Year if the formula for allocations is based on Compensation for a period of at least twelve (12) months.

A “ Contribution Period ” means the period specified in Article VI for which Employer Contributions shall be made.

A “ Discretionary Contribution ” means any Employer Contribution made to the Plan as provided in Article VI, other than Matching Contributions and Qualified Non-elective Contributions.

An “ Eligible Employee ” means any Employee who has met the eligibility requirements of Article III to participate in the Plan.

 

3


The “ Eligibility Service ” of an employee means the period or periods of service credited to him under the provisions of Article II for purposes of determining his eligibility to participate in the Plan as required under Article III.

An “ Employee ” means any person who is classified by an Employer, in accordance with its payroll records, as an employee of the Employer, other than any such person who is either (i) covered by any collective bargaining agreement that does not specifically provide for coverage under the Plan or (ii) a nonresident alien who does not receive United States source income. Any individual who is not treated by an Employer as a common law employee of the Employer shall be excluded from Plan participation even if a court or administrative agency determines that such individual is a common law employee and not an independent contractor.

An “ Employer ” means the Sponsor and any entity which has adopted the Plan as may be provided under Article XX, including B-K Medical Systems, Inc.; AnaSky Limited, formerly known as SKY Computers, Inc.; Sound Technology, Inc.; and Anexa Corporation.

An “ Employer Contribution ” means the amount, if any, that an Employer contributes to the Plan as may be provided under Article VI or Article XXII.

An “ Enrollment Date ” means the first day of each payroll period.

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time. Reference to a section of ERISA includes such section and any comparable section or sections of any future legislation that amends, supplements, or supersedes such section.

The “ General Fund ” means a Trust Fund maintained by the Trustee as required to hold and administer any assets of the Trust that are not allocated among any separate Investment Funds as may be provided in the Plan or the Trust Agreement. No General Fund shall be maintained if all assets of the Trust are allocated among separate Investment Funds.

A “ Highly Compensated Employee ” means any Employee or former Employee who is a “highly compensated active employee” or a “highly compensated former employee” as defined hereunder.

A “highly compensated active employee” includes any Employee who performs services for an Employer or any Related Company during the Plan Year and who (i) was a five percent owner at any time during the Plan Year or the “look back year” or (ii) received “compensation” from the Employers and Related Companies during the “look back year” in excess of $80,000 (subject to adjustment annually at the same time and in the same manner as under Code Section 415(d)) and was in the top paid group of employees for

 

4


the “look back year”. An Employee is in the top paid group of employees if he is in the top twenty (20) percent of the employees of his Employer and all Related Companies when ranked on the basis of compensation paid during the “look back year”.

A “highly compensated former employee” includes any Employee who (1) separated from service from an Employer and all Related Companies (or is deemed to have separated from service from an Employer and all Related Companies) prior to the Plan Year, (2) performed no services for an Employer or any Related Company during the Plan Year, and (3) was a “highly compensated active employee” for either the separation year or any Plan Year ending on or after the date the Employee attained age fifty-five (55), as determined under the rules in effect under Code Section 414(q) for such separation year or Plan Year.

The determination of who is a Highly Compensated Employee hereunder, including determinations as to the number and identity of employees in the top paid group, shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Code Section 414(q) and regulations issued thereunder.

For purposes of this definition of Highly Compensated Employee, the following terms have the following meanings:

 

   

An employee’s “compensation” means compensation as defined in Code Section 415(c)(3) and regulations issued thereunder.

 

   

The “look back year” means the twelve (12)-month period immediately preceding the Plan Year.

An “ Hour of Service ” with respect to a person means each hour, if any, that may be credited to him in accordance with the provisions of Article II.

An “ Investment Fund ” means any separate investment Trust Fund maintained by the Trustee as may be provided in the Plan or the Trust Agreement or any separate investment fund maintained by the Trustee, to the extent that there are Participant Sub-Accounts under such funds, to which assets of the Trust may be allocated and separately invested.

A “ Matching Contribution ” means any Employer Contribution made to the Plan on account of a Participant’s Tax-Deferred Contributions as provided in Article VI, including Regular Matching Contributions and True Up Matching Contributions and any such contribution that is designated by an Employer as a Qualified Matching Contribution.

The “ Normal Retirement Date ” of an employee means the date he attains age sixty-five (65).

 

5


A “ Participant ” means any person who has an Account in the Trust.

The “ Plan ” means the Analogic 401(k) Plan, as set forth herein, together with any and all supplements, schedules and amendments hereto that may be in effect.

A “ Plan Year ” means the 12-consecutive-month period ending each December 31.

A “ Predecessor Employer ” means any company that is a predecessor organization to an Employer under the Code, provided that the Employer maintains a plan of such predecessor organization. In addition, a Predecessor Employer includes the following: B-K Medical Systems, Inc.; AnaSky Limited, formerly known as SKY Computers, Inc.; Sound Technology, Inc.; and Anexa Corporation.

A “ Qualified Matching Contribution ” means any Matching Contribution made to the Plan as provided in Article VI that is one-hundred (100) percent vested when made and may be taken into account to satisfy the limitations on Tax-Deferred Contributions made by Highly Compensated Employees under Article VII.

A “ Qualified Non-elective Contribution ” means any Employer Contribution made to the Plan as provided in Article VI that is one-hundred (100) percent vested when made and may be taken into account to satisfy the limitations on Tax-Deferred Contributions and/or Matching Contributions made by or on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees under Article VII, other than Qualified Matching Contributions.

A “ Regular Matching Contribution ” means any Matching Contribution made to the Plan at the rate specified in Article VI, other than the following:

 

   

a True Up Matching Contribution.

 

   

any Matching Contribution characterized by the Employer as a Qualified Matching Contribution.

A “ Related Company ” means any corporation or business, other than an Employer, which is required by Code Section 414 to be aggregated with an Employer.

A Participant’s “ Required Beginning Date ” means the following:

 

 

 

for a Participant who is not a “five (5) percent owner”, April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which occurs the later of the Participant’s (i) attainment of age seventy and one-half (70  1 / 2 ) or (ii) Settlement Date.

 

 

 

for a Participant who is a “five (5) percent owner”, April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age seventy and one-half (70  1 / 2 ).

 

6


A Participant is a “five (5) percent owner” if he is a five (5) percent owner, as defined in Code Section 416(i) and determined in accordance with Code Section 416, but without regard to whether the Plan is top-heavy, for the Plan Year ending with or within the calendar year in which the Participant attains age seventy and one-half (70  1 / 2 ). The Required Beginning Date of a Participant who is a “five (5) percent owner” hereunder shall not be redetermined if the Participant ceases to be a five (5) percent owner as defined in Code Section 416(i) with respect to any subsequent Plan Year.

A “ Rollover Contribution ” means any rollover contribution to the Plan made by a Participant as may be permitted under Article V.

The “ Settlement Date ” of a Participant means the date on which a Participant’s interest under the Plan becomes distributable in accordance with Article XV.

The “ Sponsor ” means Analogic Corporation, and its successors.

A “ Sub-Account ” means any of the individual sub-accounts of a Participant’s Account maintained as provided in Article VIII.

A “ Tax-Deferred Contribution ” means the amount contributed to the Plan on a Participant’s behalf by his Employer in accordance with Article IV.

A “ True Up Matching Contribution ” means any Matching Contribution made to the Plan at the Sponsor’s direction for a Plan Year that when aggregated with the Regular Matching Contributions made on a Participant’s behalf for the Plan Year will provide Matching Contributions at the maximum rate specified by the Sponsor for the Plan Year taking into account the Participant’s Tax-Deferred Contributions and Compensation for the full Plan Year, other than any such contribution characterized as a Qualified Matching Contribution.

The “ Trust ” means the trust, custodial accounts, annuity contracts, or insurance contracts maintained by the Trustee under the Trust Agreement.

The “ Trust Agreement ” means any agreement or agreements entered into between the Sponsor and the Trustee relating to the holding, investment, and reinvestment of the assets of the Plan, together with all amendments thereto and shall include any agreement establishing a custodial account, an annuity contract, or an insurance contract (other than a life, health or accident, property, casualty, or liability insurance contract) for the investment of assets if the custodial account or contract would, except for the fact that it is not a trust, constitute a qualified trust under Code Section 401.

The “ Trustee ” means the trustee or any successor trustee which at the time shall be designated, qualified, and acting under the Trust Agreement and shall include any insurance company that issues an annuity or insurance contract pursuant to the Trust Agreement or any person holding assets in a custodial account pursuant to the Trust

 

7


Agreement. The Sponsor may designate a person or persons other than the Trustee to perform any responsibility of the Trustee under the Plan, other than trustee responsibilities as defined in ERISA Section 405(c)(3), and the Trustee shall not be liable for the performance of such person in carrying out such responsibility except as otherwise provided by ERISA. The term “Trustee” shall include any delegate of the Trustee as may be provided in the Trust Agreement.

A “ Trust Fund ” means any fund maintained under the Trust by the Trustee.

A “ Valuation Date ” means each business day of a Plan Year, including, in the case of a distribution, the date of distribution.

The “ Vesting Service ” of an employee means the period or periods of service credited to him under the provisions of Article II for purposes of determining his vested interest in his Employer Contributions Sub-Account, if Employer Contributions are provided for under either Article VI or Article XXII.

1.2 Interpretation

Where required by the context, the noun, verb, adjective, and adverb forms of each defined term shall include any of its other forms. Wherever used herein, the masculine pronoun shall include the feminine, the singular shall include the plural, the plural shall include the singular, the conjunctive shall include the disjunctive, and the disjunctive shall include the conjunctive.

 

8


ARTICLE II

SERVICE

2.1 Special Definitions

For purposes of this Article, the following terms have the following meanings:

A “ computation period ” for purposes of determining an employee’s years of Eligibility Service means (i) the twelve (12)-consecutive-month period beginning on the first date he completes an Hour of Service, and (ii) each Plan Year beginning after such date; provided, however, that if an employee first completed an Hour of Service prior to the effective date of the Plan, a Plan Year shall not mean any short Plan Year beginning on the effective date of the Plan, if any, but shall mean any twelve (12)-consecutive-month period beginning before the effective date of the Plan that would have been a Plan Year if the Plan had been in effect.

2.2 Crediting of Hours of Service

A person shall be credited with an Hour of Service for:

 

(a) Each hour for which he is paid, or entitled to payment, for the performance of duties for an Employer, a Predecessor Employer, or a Related Company during the applicable period; provided, however, that hours compensated at a premium rate shall be treated as straight-time hours.

 

(b) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.3, each hour for which he is paid, or entitled to payment, by an Employer, a Predecessor Employer, or a Related Company on account of a period of time during which no duties are performed (irrespective of whether the employment relationship has terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including disability), lay-off, jury duty, military duty, or leave of absence.

 

(c) Each hour for which he would have been scheduled to work for an Employer, a Predecessor Employer, or a Related Company during the period that he is absent from work because of service with the armed forces of the United States provided he is eligible for reemployment rights under the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994 and returns to work with an Employer or a Related Company within the period during which he retains such reemployment rights; provided, however, that the same Hour of Service shall not be credited under paragraph (b) of this Section and under this paragraph (c).

 

(d)

Each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, is either awarded or agreed to by an Employer, a Predecessor Employer, or a Related Company; provided, however, that the same Hour of Service shall not be credited

 

9


 

both under paragraph (a) or (b) or (c) of this Section, as the case may be, and under this paragraph (d); and provided, further, that the crediting of Hours of Service for back pay awarded or agreed to with respect to periods described in such paragraph (b) shall be subject to the limitations set forth therein and in Section 2.3.

Except as otherwise specifically provided with respect to Predecessor Employers, Hours of Service shall not be credited for employment with a corporation or business prior to the date such corporation or business becomes, or after the date such corporation or business is no longer, a Related Company.

2.3 Limitations on Crediting of Hours of Service

In the application of the provisions of paragraph (b) of Section 2.2, the following shall apply:

 

(a) An hour for which a person is directly or indirectly paid, or entitled to payment, on account of a period during which no duties are performed shall not be credited to him if such payment is made or due under a plan maintained solely for the purpose of complying with applicable workers’ compensation, unemployment compensation, or disability insurance laws.

 

(b) Hours of Service shall not be credited with respect to a payment which solely reimburses a person for medical or medically-related expenses incurred by him.

 

(c) A payment shall be deemed to be made by or due from an Employer, a Predecessor Employer, or a Related Company (i) regardless of whether such payment is made by or due from such employer directly or indirectly, through (among others) a trust fund or insurer to which any such employer contributes or pays premiums, and (ii) regardless of whether contributions made or due to such trust fund, insurer, or other entity are for the benefit of particular persons or are on behalf of a group of persons in the aggregate.

 

(d) No more than five-hundred and one (501) Hours of Service shall be credited to a person on account of any single continuous period during which he performs no duties (whether or not such period occurs in a single “computation period”), unless no duties are performed due to service with the armed forces of the United States for which the person retains reemployment rights as provided in paragraph (c) of Section 2.2.

2.4 Department of Labor Rules

The rules set forth in paragraphs (b) and (c) of Department of Labor Regulations Section 2530.200b-2, which relate to determining Hours of Service attributable to reasons other

 

10


than the performance of duties and crediting Hours of Service to particular periods, are hereby incorporated into the Plan by reference.

2.5 Years of Eligibility Service

An employee shall be credited with a year of Eligibility Service for each “computation period” in which he completes at least one-thousand (1,000) Hours of Service.

2.6 Vesting Service

Because contributions to the Plan are always one-hundred (100) percent vested, there shall be no Vesting Service credited under the Plan.

2.7 Crediting of Hours of Service with Respect to Short “Computation Periods”

The following provisions shall apply with respect to crediting Hours of Service with respect to any short “computation period”:

 

(a) For purposes of this Article, the following terms have the following meanings:

 

  (i) An “old computation period” means any “computation period” that ends immediately prior to a change in the “computation period”.

 

  (ii) A “short computation period” means any “computation period” of fewer than 12 consecutive months.

 

(b) For purposes of determining the years of Eligibility Service to be credited to an Employee, a “computation period” shall not include the “short computation period”, but shall include the twelve (12)-consecutive-month period ending on the last day of the “short computation period” and the twelve (12)-consecutive-month period ending on the first anniversary of the last day of the “old computation period”; provided, however, that no more than one (1) year of Eligibility Service shall be credited to an Employee with respect to such periods.

2.8 Crediting of Service on Transfer or Amendment

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, if an Employee is transferred from employment covered under a qualified plan maintained by an Employer or a Related Company for which service is credited based on elapsed time in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.410(a)-7 to employment covered under the Plan or, prior to amendment, the Plan provided for crediting of service on the basis of elapsed time in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.410(a)-7, an affected Employee shall be credited with Eligibility Service hereunder as provided in Treasury Regulations Section 1.410(a)-7(f)(1).

 

11


2.9 Crediting of Service to “Leased Employees”

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, a “leased employee” working for an Employer or a Related Company (other than an “excludable leased employee”) shall be considered an employee of such Employer or Related Company for purposes of Eligibility Service crediting under the Plan, but shall not be eligible to participate in the Plan. Such “leased employee” shall also be considered an employee of such Employer or Related Company for purposes of applying Code Sections 401(a)(3), (4), (7), and (16), and 408(k), 415, and 416.

A “leased employee” means any person who performs services for an Employer or a Related Company (the “recipient”) (other than an employee of the “recipient”) pursuant to an agreement between the “recipient” and any other person (the “leasing organization”) on a substantially full-time basis for a period of at least one year, provided that such services are performed under primary direction of or control by the “recipient”. An “excludable leased employee” means any “leased employee” of the “recipient” who is covered by a money purchase pension plan maintained by the “leasing organization” which provides for (i) a nonintegrated employer contribution on behalf of each participant in such plan equal to at least ten (10) percent of compensation, (ii) full and immediate vesting, and (iii) immediate participation by employees of the “leasing organization” (other than employees who perform substantially all of their services for the “leasing organization” or whose compensation from the “leasing organization” in each plan year under such plan during the four (4)-year period ending with the then current plan year is less than $1,000); provided, however, that “leased employees” do not constitute more than twenty (20) percent of the “recipient’s” nonhighly compensated work force. For purposes of this Section, contributions or benefits provided to a “leased employee” by the “leasing organization” that are attributable to services performed for the “recipient” shall be treated as provided by the “recipient”.

 

12


ARTICLE III

ELIGIBILITY

3.1 Eligibility

Each Employee who was an Eligible Employee immediately prior to January 1, 2007 shall continue to be an Eligible Employee on January 1, 2007. Each other Employee shall become an Eligible Employee as of the Enrollment Date coinciding with or next following the earlier of:

 

(a) the date on which he has completed thirty (30) days of employment as an Employee, or

 

(b) the date on which he has completed one (1) year of Eligibility Service.

3.2 Transfers of Employment

If a person is transferred directly from employment with an Employer or with a Related Company in a capacity other than as an Employee to employment as an Employee, he shall become an Eligible Employee as of the date he is so transferred if prior to an Enrollment Date coinciding with or preceding such transfer date he has met the eligibility requirements of Section 3.1. Otherwise, the eligibility of a person who is so transferred to participate in the Plan shall be determined in accordance with Section 3.1.

3.3 Reemployment

If a person who terminated employment with an Employer and all Related Companies is reemployed as an Employee and if he had been an Eligible Employee prior to his termination of employment, he shall again become an Eligible Employee on the date he is reemployed. Otherwise, the eligibility of a person who terminated employment with an Employer and all Related Companies and who is reemployed by an Employer or a Related Company to participate in the Plan shall be determined in accordance with Section 3.1 or 3.2.

3.4 Notification Concerning New Eligible Employees

The Sponsor shall notify the Administrator as soon as practicable of Employees becoming Eligible Employees as of any date.

3.5 Effect and Duration

Upon becoming an Eligible Employee, an Employee shall be entitled to make Tax-Deferred Contributions to the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Article IV and receive allocations of Employer Contributions in accordance with the provisions of

 

13


Article VI (provided he meets any applicable requirements thereunder) and shall be bound by all the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Trust Agreement. A person shall continue as an Eligible Employee eligible to make Tax-Deferred Contributions to the Plan and to participate in allocations of Employer Contributions only for so long as he continues employment as an Employee.

 

14


ARTICLE IV

TAX-DEFERRED CONTRIBUTIONS

4.1 Tax-Deferred Contributions

Effective as of the date he becomes an Eligible Employee, each Eligible Employee may elect, in accordance with rules prescribed by the Administrator, to have Tax-Deferred Contributions made to the Plan on his behalf by his Employer as hereinafter provided. An Eligible Employee’s election shall include his authorization for his Employer to reduce his Compensation and to make Tax-Deferred Contributions on his behalf. An Eligible Employee who elects not to have Tax-Deferred Contributions made to the Plan as of the first Enrollment Date he becomes eligible to participate may change his election by amending his reduction authorization as prescribed in this Article.

Tax-Deferred Contributions on behalf of an Eligible Employee shall commence with the first payroll period beginning on or after the date on which his election becomes effective.

4.2 Amount of Tax-Deferred Contributions

Subject to the limits described in Article VII, the amount of Tax-Deferred Contributions to be made to the Plan on behalf of an Eligible Employee by his Employer shall be an integral percentage of his Compensation of not less than one (1) percent nor more than eighty (80) percent. In the event an Eligible Employee elects to have his Employer make Tax-Deferred Contributions on his behalf, his Compensation shall be reduced for each payroll period by the percentage he elects to have contributed on his behalf to the Plan in accordance with the terms of his currently effective reduction authorization.

4.3 Automatic Deferral Elections

If at the time he becomes an Eligible Employee an Employee has not affirmatively elected to have Tax-Deferred Contributions made to the Plan on his behalf in accordance with the provisions of Sections 4.1 and 4.2, his Employer shall make Tax-Deferred Contributions on his behalf in an amount equal to three (3) percent of the Eligible Employee’s Compensation. The Compensation otherwise payable to an Eligible Employee on whose behalf Tax-Deferred Contributions are made in accordance with the provisions of this Section shall be reduced by the amount of such Tax-Deferred Contributions.

As of the date he becomes an Eligible Employee, an Eligible Employee to whom this Section would otherwise apply may affirmatively elect, in accordance with rules prescribed by the Administrator, not to have Tax-Deferred Contributions made on his behalf in accordance with the provisions of this Section. Such affirmative election must be recorded with the Administrator either prior to the date the Employee becomes an

 

15


Eligible Employee or within a reasonable period of time following such date, but not later than the first date Compensation subject to reduction hereunder becomes available to the Eligible Employee.

An Eligible Employee shall have a reasonable period following his receipt of the automatic reduction notice described in Section 4.4 and before the first date Compensation subject to the automatic reduction becomes available to him in which to make an affirmative election hereunder. If an Eligible Employee does not make the affirmative election described herein within the prescribed time period, Tax-Deferred Contributions shall continue to be made on his behalf in accordance with the provisions of this Section until the Eligible Employee elects either to change the amount of his Compensation that his Employer contributes as Tax-Deferred Contributions or to have Tax-Deferred Contributions suspended, as provided in this Article.

4.4 Notice of Automatic Deferral Election

At the time an Employee becomes an Eligible Employee, the Administrator shall provide the Eligible Employee with a notice explaining the automatic reduction in his Compensation for purposes of making Tax-Deferred Contributions in accordance with the preceding Section and the Employee’s right to affirmatively elect either a different reduction amount or no reduction. Such notice shall describe the procedures for making such an election and the period in which such an election may be made. In addition, the Administrator shall provide annual notice to Eligible Employees of the amount by which their Compensation is being reduced for purposes of making Tax-Deferred Contributions, if any, and their right to change such amount as provided in the Plan.

4.5 Amendments to Reduction Authorization

An Eligible Employee may elect, in the manner prescribed by the Administrator, to change the amount of his future Compensation that his Employer contributes on his behalf as Tax-Deferred Contributions by notice to such effect to his Employer. An Eligible Employee may amend his reduction authorization at such time or times during the Plan Year as the Administrator may prescribe by giving such number of days advance notice of his election as the Administrator may prescribe. An Eligible Employee who amends his reduction authorization shall be limited to selecting an amount of his Compensation that is otherwise permitted under this Article IV. Tax-Deferred Contributions shall be made on behalf of such Eligible Employee by his Employer pursuant to his properly amended reduction authorization commencing with Compensation paid to the Eligible Employee on or after the date such amendment becomes effective, until otherwise altered or terminated in accordance with the Plan.

4.6 Suspension of Tax-Deferred Contributions

An Eligible Employee on whose behalf Tax-Deferred Contributions are being made may elect, in the manner prescribed by the Administrator, to have such contributions

 

16


suspended at any time by giving such number of days advance notice of his election as the Administrator may prescribe. Any such voluntary suspension shall take effect commencing with Compensation paid to such Eligible Employee on or after the expiration of the required notice period and shall remain in effect until Tax-Deferred Contributions are resumed as hereinafter set forth.

4.7 Resumption of Tax-Deferred Contributions

An Eligible Employee who has voluntarily suspended his Tax-Deferred Contributions may elect, in the manner prescribed by the Administrator, to have such contributions resumed. An Eligible Employee may make such election at such time or times during the Plan Year as the Administrator may prescribe, by giving such number of days advance notice of his election as the Administrator may prescribe.

4.8 Delivery of Tax-Deferred Contributions

As soon after the date an amount would otherwise be paid to an Employee as it can reasonably be separated from Employer assets, each Employer shall cause to be delivered to the Trustee in cash all Tax-Deferred Contributions attributable to such amounts.

4.9 Vesting of Tax-Deferred Contributions

A Participant’s vested interest in his Tax-Deferred Contributions Sub-Account shall be at all times one-hundred (100) percent.

 

17


ARTICLE V

AFTER-TAX AND ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS

5.1 Prior After-Tax Contributions

Eligible Employees are not currently permitted to make After-Tax Contributions to accounts maintained for his benefit under the Plan. However, the Plan includes assets attributable to After-Tax Contributions made to the Plan prior to August 1, 2000.

5.2 Rollover Contributions

An Employee who was a participant in a plan qualified under Code Section 401 and who receives (or is eligible to receive) a cash distribution from such plan that he elects either (i) to roll over immediately to a qualified retirement plan or (ii) to roll over into a conduit IRA from which he receives a later cash distribution, may elect to make a Rollover Contribution to the Plan if he is entitled under Code Section 402(c) or 408(d)(3)(A) to roll over such distribution to another qualified retirement plan. The Administrator may require an Employee to provide it with such information as it deems necessary or desirable to show that he is entitled to roll over such distribution to another qualified retirement plan. An Employee shall make a Rollover Contribution to the Plan by delivering, or causing to be delivered, to the Trustee the cash that constitutes the Rollover Contribution amount. If the Employee received a cash distribution that he is rolling over, such delivery must be made within sixty (60) days of receipt of the distribution from the plan or from the conduit IRA in the manner prescribed by the Administrator.

5.3 Vesting of After-Tax Contributions and Rollover Contributions

A Participant’s vested interest in his After-Tax Contributions Sub-Account and his Rollover Contributions Sub-Account shall be at all times one-hundred (100) percent.

 

18


ARTICLE VI

EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS

6.1 Contribution Period

The Contribution Periods for Employer Contributions shall be as follows:

 

(a) A Contribution Period for Regular Matching Contributions under the Plan is a payroll period.

 

(b) The Contribution Period for True Up Matching Contributions is a Plan Year.

 

(c) A Contribution Period for Qualified Non-elective Contributions under the Plan is a Plan Year.

 

(d) A Contribution Period for Discretionary Contributions under the Plan is the Sponsor’s fiscal year.

6.2 Discretionary Contributions

If the Sponsor determines, in its discretion, that a Discretionary Contribution shall be made to the Plan for any Contribution Period, each Employer shall make a Discretionary Contribution to the Plan in an amount determined by the Sponsor.

6.3 Allocation of Discretionary Contributions

Any Discretionary Contribution made for a Contribution Period shall be allocated among those persons who were Eligible Employees during such Contribution Period and who have met the allocation requirements for Discretionary Contributions described in this Article. The allocable share of each such Eligible Employee shall be in the ratio which the total number of points credited to him under this Section for the Contribution Period bears to the aggregate number of points credited to all such Eligible Employees for the Contribution Period.

An Eligible Employee shall be credited with points hereunder in accordance with the provisions of paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) below; provided, however, that the number of points credited to an Eligible Employee who is an Employee of an Employer that became a Related Company after July 31 of the Contribution Period preceding the Contribution Period for which the Discretionary Contribution is made shall be reduced by one-twelfth (1/12th) for each month since such July 31 in which the Employer was not a Related Company.

 

(a) An Eligible Employee shall be credited with points based on his “eligible earnings”, as defined herein, in accordance with the following table:

 

19


“Eligible Earnings”

   Number of Points
Less than $50,000    10
At least $50,000, but less than $75,000    15
At least $75,000, but less than $100,000    20
At least $100,000, but less than $125,000    25
At least $125, 000, but less than $150,000    30
At least $150,000, but less than $175,000    35
At least $175,000, but less than $200,000    40
$200,000 or more    45

An Eligible Employee’s “eligible earnings” mean the sum of his regular salary or wages, overtime payments, cash bonuses, shift differentials, short-term disability payments, bereavement pay, holiday pay, pay for jury duty or military duty, sick pay, and vacation pay received from his Employer during the twelve (12)-consecutive-month period ending on the July 31 that occurs during a Contribution Period for which the Discretionary Contribution is made. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, “eligible earnings” do not include amounts earned by an Eligible Employee during such twelve (12)-consecutive-month-period, but prior to the date on which the Employee first became an Eligible Employee.

 

(b) An Eligible Employee shall be credited with points in accordance with the following table based on his “years of service”, as defined herein, credited as of the July 31 that occurs during the Contribution Period for which a Discretionary Contribution is made:

 

Years of “Service”

   Number of Points
Fewer than 5    3
At least 5, but fewer than 10    6
At least 10, but fewer than 15    9
At least 15, but fewer than 20    12
At least 20, but fewer than 25    15
25 or more    18

An Eligible Employee’s “years of service” mean (i) if the Eligible Employee has been employed by an Employer or a Related Company continuously since the later of his “employment commencement date”, as defined in Section 2.1, or the date his Employer became a Related Company, his completed years of employment commencing with the later of such dates or (ii) if the Eligible Employee has not been employed by an Employer or a Related Company continuously since the later of his “employment commencement date”, as defined in Section 2.1, or the date his Employer became a Related Company, the sum, measured in completed years, of all his periods of employment with an Employer

 

20


or a Related Company, measured in completed years and months, commencing with the later of such dates.

 

(c) An Eligible Employee shall be credited with points in accordance with the following table based on his age as of the July 31 that occurs during the Contribution Period for which a Discretionary Contribution is made:

 

Age

   Number of Points
Under 25    2
At least 25, but under 35    4
At least 35, but under 45    6
At least 45, but under 55    8
55 or more    10

In each Contribution Period, an Employer may designate any portion or all of its Discretionary Contribution as a Qualified Non-elective Contribution. Amounts that are designated as Qualified Non-elective Contributions shall be accounted for separately and may be withdrawn only as permitted under the Plan.

6.4 Qualified Non-elective Contributions

In each Contribution Period, the Sponsor may, in its discretion, require each Employer to make a Qualified Non-elective Contribution to the Plan for the Contribution Period in an amount determined by the Sponsor.

6.5 Allocation of Qualified Non-elective Contributions

Any Qualified Non-elective Contribution made by an Employer for a Contribution Period shall be allocated among those persons who were Eligible Employees during such Contribution Period and who have met the allocation requirements for Qualified Non-elective Contributions described in this Article, other than any such Eligible Employee who is a Highly Compensated Employee. The allocable share of each such Eligible Employee shall be a percentage, which need not be uniform with respect to each such Eligible Employee, of his “test compensation” (as defined in Section 7.1) for the Contribution Period. The Employer may designate those Eligible Employees on whose behalf it will make a Qualified Non-elective Contribution. In no event shall the allocable share of an Eligible Employee in the Qualified Non-elective Contribution exceed the “QNEC limit”, as defined herein, in any Contribution Period.

The “QNEC limit” for each Contribution Period means the product of an Eligible Employee’s “test compensation” (as defined in Section 7.1) for the Plan Year multiplied by the greater of five (5) percent or two (2) times the Plan’s “representative contribution rate”. The “QNEC limit” will be applied separately in allocating Qualified Non-elective Contributions that may be included in calculating an Eligible Employee’s “deferral

 

21


percentage” (as defined in Section 7.1) and his “contribution percentage” (as defined in Section 7.1).

The Plan’s “representative contribution rate” is the lowest “applicable contribution rate” of any Eligible Employee who is not a Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year in either (i) the group consisting of half of all Eligible Employees who are not Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year or (ii) the group of all Eligible Employees who are not Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year and who are employed by the Employer or a Related Company on the last day of the Plan Year, whichever results in the greater amount.

An Eligible Employee’s “applicable contribution rate” for purposes of allocating Qualified Non-elective Contributions that may be included in calculating his “deferral percentage” means (i) the sum of the Eligible Employee’s Qualified Matching Contributions taken into account in calculating his “deferral percentage” for the Plan Year and the Qualified Non-elective Contributions allocated to the Eligible Employee for the Plan Year (excluding any Qualified Non-elective Contributions that are included in calculating his “contribution percentage” for the Plan Year) (ii) divided by the Eligible Employee’s “test compensation” for the Plan Year. An Eligible Employee’s “applicable contribution rate” for purposes of allocating Qualified Non-elective Contributions that may be included in calculating his “contribution percentage” means (i) the sum of the Eligible Employee’s Matching Contributions included in calculating his “contribution percentage” for the Plan Year and the Qualified Non-elective Contributions allocated to the Eligible Employee for the Plan Year (excluding any Qualified Non-elective Contributions that are included in calculating his “deferral percentage for the Plan Year) (ii) divided by the Eligible Employee’s “test compensation” for the Plan Year.

6.6 Amount and Allocation of Regular Matching Contributions

For each Contribution Period, the Sponsor may, in its discretion, require each Employer to make a Regular Matching Contribution to the Plan on behalf of each of its Eligible Employees who has met the allocation requirements for Regular Matching Contributions described in this Article.

The amount of any such Regular Matching Contribution with respect to similarly situated Eligible Employees, as determined by the Sponsor in a non-discriminatory manner, shall be equal to a uniform percentage, determined by the Sponsor, in its discretion, of the Tax-Deferred Contributions made for the Contribution Period on behalf of such similarly situated Eligible Employees.

6.7 Limit on Tax-Deferred Contributions Matched

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article to the contrary, Tax-Deferred Contributions made to the Plan on behalf of an Eligible Employee for a Contribution Period that exceed the dollar amount or percentage of Compensation specified by the

 

22


Employer, in its discretion, for the Contribution Period shall be excluded in determining the amount and allocation of Regular Matching Contributions with respect to such Eligible Employee for the Contribution Period.

6.8 True Up Matching Contributions

For each Plan Year in which Regular Matching Contributions have been made to the Plan, the Sponsor may, in its discretion, require each Employer to make a True Up Matching Contribution on behalf of each of its Eligible Employees during the Contribution Period who has met the allocation requirements for True Up Matching Contributions described in this Article. Such True Up Matching Contribution shall be in the amount which, when aggregated with the Regular Matching Contributions made with respect to Contribution Periods within such Plan Year, will provide the maximum Matching Contribution designated by the Employer for the Plan Year with respect to the Eligible Employee’s Tax-Deferred Contributions for the full Plan Year.

6.9 Qualified Matching Contributions

An Employer may designate any portion or all of its Matching Contribution as a Qualified Matching Contribution. Amounts that are designated as Qualified Matching Contributions shall be accounted for separately and may be withdrawn only as permitted under the Plan.

6.10 Verification of Amount of Employer Contributions by the Sponsor

The Sponsor shall verify the amount of Employer Contributions to be made by each Employer in accordance with the provisions of the Plan. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Sponsor shall determine the portion of the Employer Contribution to be made by each Employer with respect to an Employee who transfers employment between Employers.

6.11 Payment of Employer Contributions

Employer Contributions made for a Contribution Period shall be paid in cash to the Trustee within the period of time required under the Code in order for the contribution to be deductible by the Employer in determining its Federal income taxes for the Plan Year.

6.12 Allocation Requirements for Employer Contributions

A person who was an Eligible Employee during a Contribution Period shall be eligible to receive an allocation of Discretionary Contributions for such Contribution Period only if (a) he received “eligible earnings” from his Employer with respect to the twelve (12)-consecutive-month period ending on the July 31 that occurs during such Contribution Period and (b) he was employed by an Employer or a Related Company before February 1 of such Contribution Period.

 

23


If a Regular Matching Contribution is made for a Contribution Period, a person who was an Eligible Employee at any time during such Contribution Period and made Tax-Deferred Contributions for such Contribution Period shall be eligible to receive an allocation of Regular Matching Contributions for such Contribution Period.

If a True Up Matching Contribution is made for a Contribution Period, a person who was an Eligible Employee at any time during such Contribution Period and made Tax-Deferred Contributions for such Contribution Period shall be eligible to receive an allocation of True Up Matching Contributions for such Contribution Period if the aggregate Regular Matching Contributions made on his behalf during the Contribution Period total less than the maximum Matching Contribution that would have been made for the Contribution Period based on the Eligible Employee’s Tax-Deferred Contributions and Compensation for the full Plan Year.

If a Qualified Non-elective Contribution is made for a Contribution Period, a person who was an Eligible Employee at any time during such Contribution Period shall be eligible to receive an allocation of Qualified Non-elective Contributions for such Contribution Period.

6.13 Vesting of Employer Contributions

A Participant’s vested interest in his Employer Contributions Sub-Account shall be at all times one-hundred (100) percent.

6.14 Election of Former Vesting Schedule

If the Sponsor adopts an amendment to the Plan that directly or indirectly affects the computation of a Participant’s vested interest in his Employer Contributions Sub-Account, any Participant with three (3) or more years of Vesting Service shall have a right to have his vested interest in his Employer Contributions Sub-Account continue to be determined under the vesting provisions in effect prior to the amendment rather than under the new vesting provisions, unless the vested interest of the Participant in his Employer Contributions Sub-Account under the Plan as amended is not at any time less than such vested interest determined without regard to the amendment. A Participant shall exercise his right under this Section by giving written notice of his exercise thereof to the Administrator within 60 days after the latest of (i) the date he receives notice of the amendment from the Administrator, (ii) the effective date of the amendment, or (iii) the date the amendment is adopted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant’s vested interest in his Employer Contributions Sub-Account on the effective date of such an amendment shall not be less than his vested interest in his Employer Contributions Sub-Account immediately prior to the effective date of the amendment.

 

24


ARTICLE VII

LIMITATIONS ON CONTRIBUTIONS

7.1 Definitions

For purposes of this Article, the following terms have the following meanings:

The “ aggregate limit ” means the sum of (i) one-hundred and twenty-five (125) percent of the greater of the average “contribution percentage” for “eligible participants” other than Highly Compensated Employees or the average “deferral percentage” for Eligible Employees other than Highly Compensated Employees and (ii) the lesser of two-hundred (200) percent or two (2) plus the lesser of such average “contribution percentage” or average “deferral percentage”, or, if it would result in a larger “aggregate limit”, the sum of (iii) one-hundred and twenty-five (125) percent of the lesser of the average “contribution percentage” for “eligible participants” other than Highly Compensated Employees or the average “deferral percentage” for Eligible Employees other than Highly Compensated Employees and (iv) the lesser of two-hundred (200) percent or two (2) plus the greater of such average “contribution percentage” or average “deferral percentage”. For purposes of determining the “aggregate limit”, the “contribution percentages” and “deferral percentages” used shall be for the applicable “testing year”.

The “ annual addition ” with respect to a Participant for a “limitation year” means the sum of the Tax-Deferred Contributions, Employer Contributions, and forfeitures allocated to his Account for the “limitation year” (including any “excess contributions” that are distributed pursuant to this Article), the employer contributions, “employee contributions”, and forfeitures allocated to his accounts for the “limitation year” under any other qualified defined contribution plan (whether or not terminated) maintained by an Employer or a Related Company concurrently with the Plan, and amounts described in Code Sections 415(l)(2) and 419A(d)(2) allocated to his account for the “limitation year”.

The “ contribution percentage ” with respect to an “eligible participant” for a particular Plan Year means the ratio of the Matching Contributions made to the Plan on his behalf for the Plan Year to his “test compensation” for such Plan Year. To the extent permitted by regulations issued under Code Section 401(m), the Sponsor may elect to include the Tax-Deferred Contributions and/or Qualified Non-elective Contributions made to the Plan on an “eligible participant’s” behalf for the Plan Year in computing the numerator of such “eligible participant’s” “contribution percentage”. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Tax-Deferred Contributions, Qualified Matching Contributions, and/or Qualified Non-elective Contributions that are included in determining the numerator of an “eligible participant’s” “deferral percentage” may not be included in determining the numerator of his “contribution percentage”.

Contributions made on an “eligible participant’s” behalf for a Plan Year shall be included in determining his “contribution percentage” for such Plan Year only if the contributions

 

25


are allocated to the “eligible participant’s” Account as of a date within such Plan Year and are made to the Plan before the end of the twelve (12)-month period immediately following the Plan Year to which the contributions relate. The determination of an “eligible participant’s” “contribution percentage” shall be made after any reduction required to satisfy the Code Section 415 limitations is made as provided in this Article VII and shall satisfy such other requirements as may be prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury.

The “ deferral percentage ” with respect to an Eligible Employee for a particular Plan Year means the ratio of the Tax-Deferred Contributions made on his behalf for the Plan Year to his “test compensation” for the Plan Year. To the extent permitted by regulations issued under Code Section 401(k), the Sponsor may elect to include Qualified Matching Contributions and/or Qualified Non-elective Contributions made to the Plan on the Eligible Employee’s behalf for the Plan Year in computing the numerator of such Eligible Employee’s “deferral percentage”. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Tax-Deferred Contributions, Qualified Matching Contributions, and/or Qualified Non-elective Contributions that are included in determining the numerator of an Eligible Employee’s “contribution percentage” may not be included in determining the numerator of his “deferral percentage”.

Contributions made on an Eligible Employee’s behalf for a Plan Year shall be included in determining his “deferral percentage” for such Plan Year only if they meet the following requirements:

 

   

Tax-Deferred Contributions must relate to Compensation that would, but for the Eligible Employee’s deferral election, have been received by the Eligible Employee during such Plan Year.

 

   

The contributions must be allocated to the Eligible Employee’s Account as of a date within such Plan Year.

 

   

The contributions must be made to the Plan before the end of the twelve (12)-month period immediately following the Plan Year to which they relate.

The determination of an Eligible Employee’s “deferral percentage” shall be made after any reduction required to satisfy the Code Section 415 limitations is made as provided in this Article VII and shall satisfy such other requirements as may be prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury.

An “ elective contribution ” means any employer contribution made to a plan maintained by an Employer or a Related Company on behalf of a Participant in lieu of cash compensation pursuant to his written election to defer under any qualified CODA as described in Code Section 401(k), any simplified employee pension cash or deferred arrangement as described in Code Section 402(h)(1)(B), any eligible deferred compensation plan under Code Section 457, or any plan as described in Code Section

 

26


501(c)(18), and any contribution made on behalf of the Participant by an Employer or a Related Company for the purchase of an annuity contract under Code Section 403(b) pursuant to a salary reduction agreement.

An “ eligible participant ” means any Eligible Employee who is eligible to have Tax-Deferred Contributions made on his behalf (if Tax-Deferred Contributions are taken into account in determining “contribution percentages”), or to participate in the allocation of Matching Contributions.

An “ employee contribution ” means any employee after-tax contribution allocated to an Eligible Employee’s account under any qualified plan of an Employer or a Related Company.

An “ excess contribution ” means any contribution made to the Plan on behalf of a Participant that exceeds one of the limitations described in this Article.

An “ excess deferral ” with respect to a Participant means that portion of a Participant’s Tax-Deferred Contributions for his applicable taxable year that, when added to amounts deferred for such taxable year under other plans or arrangements described in Code Section 401(k), 408(k), or 403(b) (other than any such plan or arrangement that is maintained by an Employer or a Related Company), would exceed the dollar limit imposed under Code Section 402(g) as in effect on January 1 of the calendar year in which such taxable year begins and is includible in the Participant’s gross income under Code Section 402(g).

A “ limitation year ” means a Plan Year.

A “ matching contribution ” means any employer contribution allocated to an Eligible Employee’s account under any plan of an Employer or a Related Company, other than the Plan, solely on account of “elective contributions” made on his behalf or “employee contributions” made by him.

A “ qualified matching contribution ” means any employer contribution allocated to an Eligible Employee’s account under any plan of an Employer or a Related Company, other than the Plan, solely on account of “elective contributions” made on his behalf or “employee contributions” made by him that is a qualified matching contribution as defined in regulations issued under Code Section 401(k), is nonforfeitable when made, and is distributable only as permitted in regulations issued under Code Section 401(k).

A “ qualified non-elective contribution ” means any employer contribution allocated to an Eligible Employee’s account under any plan of an Employer or a Related Company, other than the Plan, that the Participant could not elect instead to receive in cash, that is a qualified non-elective contribution as defined in Code Sections 401(k) and 401(m) and regulations issued thereunder, is nonforfeitable when made, and is distributable only as permitted in regulations issued under Code Section 401(k).

 

27


The “ test compensation ” of an Eligible Employee or “eligible participant” for a Plan Year means compensation as defined in Code Section 414(s) and regulations issued thereunder, limited, however, to $150,000 (subject to adjustment annually as provided in Code Sections 401(a)(17)(B) and 415(d); provided, however, that the dollar increase in effect on January 1 of any calendar year, if any, is effective for Plan Years beginning in such calendar year) and, if elected by the Sponsor, further limited solely to “test compensation” of an Employee attributable to periods of time when he is an Eligible Employee or “eligible participant”. If the “test compensation” of an Eligible Employee or “eligible participant” is determined over a period of time that contains fewer than twelve (12) calendar months, then the annual compensation limitation described above shall be adjusted with respect to that Eligible Employee or “eligible participant” by multiplying the annual compensation limitation in effect for such Plan Year by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of full months in the period and the denominator of which is twelve (12); provided, however, that no proration is required for an Eligible Employee or “eligible participant” who is covered under the Plan for less than one (1) full Plan Year if the formula for allocations is based on Compensation for a period of at least twelve (12) months.

The “ testing year ” means the Plan Year for which the limitations on “deferral percentages” and “contribution percentages” of Highly Compensated Employees are being determined.

7.2 Code Section 402(g) Limit

In no event shall the amount of the Tax-Deferred Contributions made on behalf of an Eligible Employee for his taxable year, when aggregated with any “elective contributions” made on behalf of the Eligible Employee under any other plan of an Employer or a Related Company for his taxable year, exceed the dollar limit imposed under Code Section 402(g), as in effect on January 1 of the calendar year in which such taxable year begins. In the event that the Administrator determines that the reduction percentage elected by an Eligible Employee will result in his exceeding the Code Section 402(g) limit, the Administrator may adjust the reduction authorization of such Eligible Employee by reducing the percentage of his Tax-Deferred Contributions to such smaller percentage that will result in the Code Section 402(g) limit not being exceeded. If the Administrator determines that the Tax-Deferred Contributions made on behalf of an Eligible Employee would exceed the Code Section 402(g) limit for his taxable year, the Tax-Deferred Contributions for such Participant shall be automatically suspended for the remainder, if any, of such taxable year.

If an Employer notifies the Administrator that the Code Section 402(g) limit has nevertheless been exceeded by an Eligible Employee for his taxable year, the Tax-Deferred Contributions that, when aggregated with “elective contributions” made on behalf of the Eligible Employee under any other plan of an Employer or a Related Company, would exceed the Code Section 402(g) limit, plus any income and minus any

 

28


losses attributable thereto, shall be distributed to the Eligible Employee no later than the April 15 immediately following such taxable year. Any Tax-Deferred Contributions that are distributed to an Eligible Employee in accordance with this Section shall not be taken into account in determining the Eligible Employee’s “deferral percentage” for the “testing year” in which the Tax-Deferred Contributions were made, unless the Eligible Employee is a Highly Compensated Employee.

If an amount of Tax-Deferred Contributions is distributed to a Participant in accordance with this Section, Matching Contributions that are attributable solely to the distributed Tax-Deferred Contributions, plus any income and minus any losses attributable thereto, shall be forfeited by the Participant no earlier than the date on which distribution of Tax-Deferred Contributions pursuant to this Section occurs and no later than the last day of the Plan Year following the Plan Year for which the Matching Contributions were made.

7.3 Distribution of Excess Deferrals

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, if a Participant notifies the Administrator in writing no later than the March 1 following the close of the Participant’s taxable year that “excess deferrals” have been made on his behalf under the Plan for such taxable year, the “excess deferrals”, plus any income and minus any losses attributable thereto, shall be distributed to the Participant no later than the April 15 immediately following such taxable year. Any Tax-Deferred Contributions that are distributed to a Participant in accordance with this Section shall nevertheless be taken into account in determining the Participant’s “deferral percentage” for the “testing year” in which the Tax-Deferred Contributions were made. If an amount of Tax-Deferred Contributions is distributed to a Participant in accordance with this Section, Matching Contributions that are attributable solely to the distributed Tax-Deferred Contributions, plus any income and minus any losses attributable thereto, shall be forfeited by the Participant no earlier than the date on which distribution of Tax-Deferred Contributions pursuant to this Section occurs and no later than the last day of the Plan Year following the Plan Year for which the Matching Contributions were made.

7.4 Limitation on Tax-Deferred Contributions of Highly Compensated Employees

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Tax-Deferred Contributions made with respect to a Plan Year on behalf of Eligible Employees who are Highly Compensated Employees may not result in an average “deferral percentage” for such Eligible Employees that exceeds the greater of:

 

(a) a percentage that is equal to one-hundred and twenty-five (125) percent of the average “deferral percentage” for all other Eligible Employees for the “testing year”; or

 

29


(b) a percentage that is not more than two-hundred (200) percent of the average “deferral percentage” for all other Eligible Employees for the “testing year” and that is not more than two (2) percentage points higher than the average “deferral percentage” for all other Eligible Employees for the “testing year”,

unless the “excess contributions”, determined as provided in Section 7.5, are distributed as provided in Section 7.6.

In order to assure that the limitation contained herein is not exceeded with respect to a Plan Year, the Administrator is authorized to suspend completely further Tax-Deferred Contributions on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees for any remaining portion of a Plan Year or to adjust the projected “deferral percentages” of Highly Compensated Employees by reducing the percentage of their deferral elections for any remaining portion of a Plan Year to such smaller percentage that will result in the limitation set forth above not being exceeded. In the event of any such suspension or reduction, Highly Compensated Employees affected thereby shall be notified of the reduction or suspension as soon as possible and shall be given an opportunity to make a new deferral election to become effective on the first day of the next following Plan Year. In the absence of such an election, the election in effect immediately prior to the suspension or adjustment described above shall be reinstated as of the first day of the next following Plan Year.

In determining the “deferral percentage” for any Eligible Employee who is a Highly Compensated Employee in any Plan Year, “elective contributions”, “qualified non-elective contributions”, and “qualified matching contributions” (to the extent that “qualified non-elective contributions” and “qualified matching contributions” are taken into account in determining “deferral percentages”) made to his accounts under any plan of an Employer or a Related Company that is not mandatorily disaggregated pursuant to IRS regulations Section 1.410(b)-7(c), as modified by Section 1.401(k)-1(g)(11), shall be treated as if all such contributions were made to the Plan; provided, however, that if such a plan has a plan year different from the Plan Year, any such contributions made to the Highly Compensated Employee’s accounts under such other plan for the plan year ending with or within the same calendar year as the Plan Year shall be treated as if such contributions were made to the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, such contributions shall not be treated as if they were made to the Plan if regulations issued under Code Section 401(k) do not permit such plan to be aggregated with the Plan.

If one or more other plans of an Employer or Related Company are aggregated with the Plan for purposes of satisfying the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4) or 410(b), then “deferral percentages” under the Plan shall be calculated as if the Plan and such one or more other plans were a single plan. Such other plans may be aggregated to satisfy Code Section 401(k) only if they have the same plan year.

The Administrator shall maintain records sufficient to show that the limitation contained in this Section was not exceeded with respect to any Plan Year and the amount of the

 

30


“qualified non-elective contributions” and/or “qualified matching contributions” taken into account in determining “deferral percentages” for any Plan Year.

7.5 Determination and Allocation of Excess Tax-Deferred Contributions Among Highly Compensated Employees

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, in the event that the limitation on Tax-Deferred Contributions described in Section 7.4 is exceeded in any Plan Year, the Administrator shall determine the dollar amount of the excess by reducing the dollar amount of the contributions included in determining the “deferral percentage” of Highly Compensated Employees in order of their “deferral percentages” as follows:

 

(a) The highest “deferral percentage(s)” shall be reduced to the greater of (1) the maximum “deferral percentage” that satisfies the limitation on Tax-Deferred Contributions described in Section 7.4 or (2) the next highest “deferral percentage”.

 

(b) If the limitation on Tax-Deferred Contributions described in Section 7.4 would still be exceeded after application of the provisions of paragraph (a), the Administrator shall continue reducing “deferral percentages” of Highly Compensated Employees, continuing with the next highest “deferral percentage”, in the manner provided in paragraph (a) until the limitation on Tax-Deferred Contributions described in Section 7.4 is satisfied.

The determination of the amount of “excess contributions” hereunder shall be made after Tax-Deferred Contributions and “excess deferrals” have been distributed pursuant to Sections 7.2 and 7.3, if applicable.

After determining the dollar amount of the “excess contributions” that have been made to the Plan in any Plan Year, the Administrator shall allocate such excess among Highly Compensated Employees in order of the dollar amount of the Tax-Deferred, Qualified Non-elective, and Qualified Matching Contributions (to the extent such contributions are included in determining “deferral percentages”) allocated to their Accounts as follows:

 

(c) The contributions made on behalf of the Highly Compensated Employee(s) with the largest dollar amount of Tax-Deferred, Qualified Non-elective, and Qualified Matching Contributions allocated to his Account for such Plan Year shall be reduced by the dollar amount of the excess (with such dollar amount being allocated equally among all such Highly Compensated Employees), but not below the dollar amount of such contributions made on behalf of the Highly Compensated Employee(s) with the next highest dollar amount of such contributions allocated to his Account for such Plan Year.

 

(d)

If the excess has not been fully allocated after application of the provisions of paragraph (c), the Administrator shall continue reducing the contributions made

 

31


 

on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees, continuing with the Highly Compensated Employees with the largest remaining dollar amount of such contributions allocated to their Accounts for such Plan Year, in the manner provided in paragraph (c) until the entire excess determined above has been allocated.

7.6 Distribution of Excess Tax-Deferred Contributions

“Excess contributions” allocated to a Highly Compensated Employee pursuant to the preceding Section, plus any income and minus any losses attributable thereto, shall be distributed to the Highly Compensated Employee prior to the end of the next succeeding Plan Year. If such excess amounts are distributed more than two and one-half (2 1/2) months after the last day of the Plan Year for which the excess occurred, an excise tax may be imposed under Code Section 4979 on the Employer maintaining the Plan with respect to such amounts.

Excess amounts shall be distributed first from the Highly Compensated Employee’s Tax-Deferred Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions Sub-Accounts in proportion to the Tax-Deferred Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions included in determining the Highly Compensated Employee’s “deferral percentage” for the Plan Year. If any excess remains after the amount of such Tax-Deferred Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions has been reduced to zero (0), the excess shall be distributed from the Highly Compensated Employee’s Qualified Non-elective Contributions Sub-Account.

If an amount of Tax-Deferred Contributions is distributed to a Participant in accordance with this Section, Matching Contributions that are attributable solely to the distributed Tax-Deferred Contributions, plus any income and minus any losses attributable thereto, shall be forfeited by the Participant no earlier than the date on which distribution of Tax-Deferred Contributions pursuant to this Section occurs and no later than the last day of the Plan Year following the Plan Year for which the Matching Contributions were made.

7.7 Limitation on Matching Contributions of Highly Compensated Employees

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Matching Contributions made with respect to a Plan Year on behalf of “eligible participants” who are Highly Compensated Employees may not result in an average “contribution percentage” for such “eligible participants” that exceeds the greater of:

 

(a) a percentage that is equal to one-hundred and twenty-five (125) percent of the average “contribution percentage” for all other “eligible participants” for the “testing year”; or

 

(b)

a percentage that is not more than two-hundred (200) percent of the average “contribution percentage” for all other “eligible participants” for the “testing year”

 

32


 

and that is not more than two (2) percentage points higher than the average “contribution percentage” for all other “eligible participants” for the “testing year”,

unless the “excess contributions”, determined as provided in Section 7.8, are distributed as provided in Section 7.9.

In determining the “contribution percentage” for any “eligible participant” who is a Highly Compensated Employee in any Plan Year, “matching contributions”, “employee contributions”, “qualified non-elective contributions”, and “elective contributions” (to the extent that “qualified non-elective contributions” and “elective contributions” are taken into account in determining “contribution percentages”) made to his accounts under any plan of an Employer or a Related Company that is not mandatorily disaggregated pursuant to IRS regulations Section 1.410(b)-7(c), as modified by IRS regulations Section 1.401(k)-1(g)(11), shall be treated as if all such contributions were made to the Plan; provided, however, that if such a plan has a plan year different from the Plan Year, any such contributions made to the Highly Compensated Employee’s accounts under such plan for the plan year ending with or within the same calendar year as the Plan Year shall be treated as if such contributions were made to the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, such contributions shall not be treated as if they were made to the Plan if regulations issued under Code Section 401(m) do not permit such plan to be aggregated with the Plan.

If one or more plans of an Employer or a Related Company are aggregated with the Plan for purposes of satisfying the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4) or 410(b), the “contribution percentages” under the Plan shall be calculated as if the Plan and such one or more other plans were a single plan. Plans may be aggregated to satisfy Code Section 401(m) only if they have the same plan year.

The Administrator shall maintain records sufficient to show that the limitation contained in this Section was not exceeded with respect to any Plan Year and the amount of the “elective contributions”, “qualified non-elective contributions”, and/or “qualified matching contributions” taken into account in determining “contribution percentages” for any Plan Year.

7.8 Determination and Allocation of Excess Matching Contributions Among Highly Compensated Employees

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, in the event that the limitation on Matching Contributions described in Section 7.7 is exceeded in any Plan Year, the Administrator shall determine the dollar amount of the excess by reducing the dollar amount of the contributions included in determining the “contribution percentage” of Highly Compensated Employees in order of their “contribution percentages” as follows:

 

33


(a) The highest “contribution percentage(s)” shall be reduced to the greater of (1) the maximum “contribution percentage” that satisfies the limitation on Matching Contributions described in Section 7.7 or (2) the next highest “contribution percentage”.

 

(b) If the limitation on Matching Contributions described in Section 7.7 would still be exceeded after application of the provisions of paragraph (a), the Administrator shall continue reducing “contribution percentages” of Highly Compensated Employees, continuing with the next highest “contribution percentage”, in the manner provided in paragraph (a) until the limitation on Matching Contributions described in Section 7.7 is satisfied.

The determination of the amount of excess Matching Contributions shall be made after application of Sections 7.2, 7.3, and 7.6, if applicable.

After determining the dollar amount of the “excess contributions” that have been made to the Plan in any Plan Year, the Administrator shall allocate such excess among Highly Compensated Employees in order of the dollar amount of the Matching, Tax-Deferred, and Qualified Non-elective Contributions (to the extent such contributions are included in determining “contribution percentages”) allocated to their Accounts as follows:

 

(c) The contributions made on behalf of the Highly Compensated Employee(s) with the largest dollar amount of Matching, Tax-Deferred, and Qualified Non-elective Contributions allocated to his Account for such Plan Year shall be reduced by the dollar amount of the excess (with such dollar amount being allocated equally among all such Highly Compensated Employees), but not below the dollar amount of such contributions made on behalf of the Highly Compensated Employee(s) with the next highest dollar amount of such contributions allocated to his Account for such Plan Year.

 

(d) If the excess has not been fully allocated after application of the provisions of paragraph (c), the Administrator shall continue reducing the contributions made on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees, continuing with the Highly Compensated Employees with the largest remaining dollar amount of such contributions allocated to their Accounts for such Plan Year, in the manner provided in paragraph (c) until the entire excess determined above has been allocated.

7.9 Distribution of Excess Contributions

“Excess contributions” allocated to a Highly Compensated Employee pursuant to the preceding Section, plus any income and minus any losses attributable thereto, shall be distributed to the Participant prior to the end of the next succeeding Plan Year as hereinafter provided. If such excess amounts are distributed more than two and one-half (2  1 / 2 ) months after the last day of the Plan Year for which the excess occurred, an excise

 

34


tax may be imposed under Code Section 4979 on the Employer maintaining the Plan with respect to such amounts.

The distribution requirement of this Section shall be satisfied by reducing contributions made by or on behalf of the Highly Compensated Employee to the extent necessary in the following order:

 

(a) Matching Contributions included in determining the Highly Compensated Employee’s “contribution percentage” shall be distributed.

 

(b) Tax-Deferred Contributions included in determining the Highly Compensated Employee’s “contribution percentage” shall be distributed.

7.10 Multiple Use Limitation

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, the following multiple use limitation as required under Code Section 401(m) shall apply: the sum of the average “deferral percentage” for Eligible Employees who are Highly Compensated Employees and the average “contribution percentage” for “eligible participants” who are Highly Compensated Employees may not exceed the “aggregate limit”. In the event that, after satisfaction of the limitations provided under this Article, it is determined that contributions under the Plan fail to satisfy the multiple use limitation contained herein, the multiple use limitation shall be satisfied by further reducing the “deferral percentages” of Eligible Employees who are Highly Compensated Employees to the extent necessary to eliminate the excess, as provided in the preceding Sections. Instead of reducing “deferral percentages”, the Administrator may determine to satisfy the multiple use limitation in an alternative manner, consistently applied, that may be permitted by regulations issued under Code Section 401(m).

If an amount of Tax-Deferred Contributions is distributed to a Participant in accordance with this Section, Matching Contributions that are attributable solely to the distributed Tax-Deferred Contributions, plus any income and minus any losses attributable thereto, shall be forfeited by the Participant no later than the last day of the Plan Year following the Plan Year for which the Matching Contributions were made.

7.11 Treatment of Forfeited Matching Contributions

Any Matching Contributions that are forfeited pursuant to the provisions of the preceding Sections of this Article shall be allocated among the Accounts of Participants who are Eligible Employees during the Plan Year and have met the allocation requirements for Regular Matching Contributions for such Plan Year. Any forfeited amounts shall be allocated in the ratio which the “deferral percentage” of an eligible Participant bears to the aggregate value of the “deferral percentages of all such eligible Participants. Forfeitures credited to a Participant’s Account hereunder shall be credited to his Matching Contributions Sub-Account. A Participant’s vested interest in amounts attributable to

 

35


forfeitures allocated to his Matching Contributions Sub-Account hereunder shall be at all times one-hundred (100) percent.

7.12 Determination of Income or Loss

The income or loss attributable to “excess contributions” that are distributed pursuant to this Article shall be determined for the preceding Plan Year under the method otherwise used for allocating income or loss to Participants’ Accounts.

7.13 Code Section 415 Limitations on Crediting of Contributions and Forfeitures

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, the “annual addition” with respect to a Participant for a “limitation year” shall in no event exceed the lesser of (i) $30,000 (adjusted as provided in Code Section 415(d)) or (ii) 25 percent of the Participant’s compensation, as defined in Code Section 415(c)(3) and regulations issued thereunder, for the “limitation year”; provided, however, that the limit in clause (i) shall be pro-rated for any short “limitation year”. If the “annual addition” to the Account of a Participant in any “limitation year” would otherwise exceed the amount that may be applied for his benefit under the limitation contained in this Section, the limitation shall be satisfied by reducing contributions made to the Participant’s Account to the extent necessary in the following order:

Tax-Deferred Contributions made on behalf of the Participant for the “limitation year” that have not been matched, if any, shall be reduced.

Tax-Deferred Contributions made on behalf of the Participant for the “limitation year” that have been matched, if any, and the Matching Contributions attributable thereto shall be reduced pro rata.

Discretionary Contributions otherwise allocable to the Participant’s Account for the “limitation year”, if any, shall be reduced.

Forfeitures otherwise allocable to the Participant’s Account for the “limitation year”, if any, shall be reduced.

Qualified Non-elective Contributions otherwise allocable to the Participant’s Account for the “limitation year”, if any, shall be reduced.

The amount of any reduction of Tax-Deferred Contributions (plus any income attributable thereto) shall be returned to the Participant. The amount of any reduction of Employer Contributions shall be deemed a forfeiture for the “limitation year”.

Amounts deemed to be forfeitures under this Section shall be applied against the Employer’s contribution obligation for the next following “limitation year” (and succeeding “limitation years”, as necessary) with respect to such Participant if the

 

36


Participant is covered by the Plan in such succeeding “limitation years”. If a Participant is not covered by the Plan in a succeeding “limitation year” for which there is an excess with respect to such Participant, the excess amounts shall be held unallocated in a suspense account for such “limitation year” and shall be applied against the Employer’s contribution obligation for such “limitation year” (and succeeding “limitation years”, as necessary) for all of the remaining Participants in the Plan. If a suspense account is in existence at any time during a “limitation year”, all amounts in the suspense account must be applied against the Employer’s contribution obligation before any further contributions that would constitute “annual additions” may be made to the Plan.

For purposes of this Article, excesses shall result only from the allocation of forfeitures, a reasonable error in estimating a Participant’s annual compensation (as defined in Code Section 415(c)(3) and regulations issued thereunder), a reasonable error in determining the amount of “elective contributions” that may be made with respect to any Participant under the limits of Code Section 415, or other limited facts and circumstances that justify the availability of the provisions set forth above.

7.14 Application of Code Section 415 Limitations Where Participant is Covered Under Another Qualified Defined Contribution Plan

If a Participant is covered by any other qualified defined contribution plan (whether or not terminated) maintained by an Employer or a Related Company concurrently with the Plan, and if the “annual addition” for the “limitation year” would otherwise exceed the amount that may be applied for the Participant’s benefit under the limitation contained in the preceding Section, such excess shall be reduced first by returning “employee contributions” made by the Participant to all defined contribution plans for the “limitation year”, and the income attributable thereto, to the extent necessary in the order prescribed by the Administrator. If the limitation contained in the preceding Section still is not satisfied after all such “employee contributions” have been returned, the excess shall be reduced by returning or forfeiting, as provided in each such other defined contribution plan, “elective contributions” made on the Participant’s behalf to all such other plans for the “limitation year”, and, if “elective contributions” are returned, the income attributable thereto, to the extent necessary in the order prescribed by the Administrator. If the limitation contained in the preceding Section still is not satisfied after all such “elective contributions” have been returned or forfeited, the portion of the employer contributions and of forfeitures for the “limitation year” under all such other plans that has been allocated to the Participant under such plans but which exceeds the limitation set forth in the preceding Section, shall be deemed a forfeiture for the “limitation year” and shall be disposed of as provided in such other plans; provided, however, that the amount of the employer contributions and forfeitures that is a deemed forfeiture under this Section shall be effected in the order prescribed by the Administrator, but first under any such defined contribution plan that is not a money purchase pension plan and, if the limitation still is not satisfied, then under such money purchase pension plan.

 

37


7.15 Scope of Limitations

The Code Section 415 limitations contained in the preceding Sections shall be applicable only with respect to benefits provided pursuant to defined contribution plans and defined benefit plans described in Code Section 415(k). For purposes of applying the Code Section 415 limitations contained in the preceding Sections, the term “Related Company” shall be adjusted as provided in Code Section 415(h).

 

38


ARTICLE VIII

TRUST FUNDS AND ACCOUNTS

8.1 General Fund

The Trustee shall maintain a General Fund as required to hold and administer any assets of the Trust that are not allocated among the Investment Funds as provided in the Plan or the Trust Agreement. The General Fund shall be held and administered as a separate common trust fund. The interest of each Participant or Beneficiary under the Plan in the General Fund shall be an undivided interest.

8.2 Investment Funds

The Sponsor shall determine the number and type of Investment Funds and shall communicate the same and any changes therein in writing to the Administrator and the Trustee. Each Investment Fund shall be held and administered as a separate common trust fund. The interest of each Participant or Beneficiary under the Plan in any Investment Fund shall be an undivided interest.

8.3 Loan Investment Fund

If a loan from the Plan to a Participant is approved in accordance with the provisions of Article XII, the Sponsor shall direct the establishment and maintenance of a loan Investment Fund in the Participant’s name. The assets of the loan Investment Fund shall be held as a separate trust fund. A Participant’s loan Investment Fund shall be invested in the note(s) reflecting the loan(s) made to the Participant in accordance with the provisions of Article XII. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, income received with respect to a Participant’s loan Investment Fund shall be allocated and the loan Investment Fund shall be administered as provided in Article XII.

8.4 Income on Trust

Any dividends, interest, distributions, or other income received by the Trustee with respect to any Trust Fund maintained hereunder shall be allocated by the Trustee to the Trust Fund for which the income was received.

8.5 Accounts

As of the first date a contribution is made by or on behalf of an Employee there shall be established an Account in his name reflecting his interest in the Trust. Such Account shall be maintained and administered for each Participant and Beneficiary in accordance with the provisions of the Plan. The balance of such Participant’s or Beneficiary’s Account shall be the balance of the account after all credits and charges thereto, for and as of such date, have been made as provided herein.

 

39


8.6 Sub-Accounts

Each Participant’s Account shall be divided into such separate, individual Sub-Accounts as are necessary or appropriate to reflect the Participant’s interest in the Trust.

 

40


ARTICLE IX

LIFE INSURANCE CONTRACTS

9.1 No Life Insurance Contracts

A Participant’s Account may not be invested in life insurance contracts on the life of the Participant.

 

41


ARTICLE X

DEPOSIT AND INVESTMENT OF CONTRIBUTIONS

10.1 Future Contribution Investment Elections

Each Eligible Employee shall make an investment election in the manner and form prescribed by the Administrator directing the manner in which the contributions made on his behalf shall be invested. An Eligible Employee’s investment election shall specify the percentage, in the percentage increments prescribed by the Administrator, of such contributions that shall be allocated to one (1) or more of the Investment Funds with the sum of such percentages equaling one-hundred (100) percent. The investment election by a Participant shall remain in effect until his entire interest under the Plan is distributed or forfeited in accordance with the provisions of the Plan or until he records a change of investment election with the Administrator, in such form as the Administrator shall prescribe. If recorded in accordance with any rules prescribed by the Administrator, a Participant’s change of investment election shall be implemented effective as of the business day on which the Administrator receives the Participant’s instructions or as soon as otherwise practicable.

10.2 Deposit of Contributions

All contributions made on a Participant’s behalf shall be deposited in the Trust and allocated among the Investment Funds in accordance with the Participant’s then currently effective investment election. If no investment election is recorded with the Administrator at the time contributions are to be deposited to a Participant’s Account, his contributions shall be allocated among the Investment Funds as directed by the Administrator.

10.3 Election to Transfer Between Funds

A Participant may elect to transfer investments from any Investment Fund to any other Investment Fund. The Participant’s transfer election shall specify either (i) a percentage, in the percentage increments prescribed by the Administrator, of the amount eligible for transfer, which percentage may not exceed one-hundred (100) percent, or (ii) a dollar amount that is to be transferred. Any transfer election must be recorded with the Administrator, in such form as the Administrator shall prescribe. Subject to any restrictions pertaining to a particular Investment Fund, if recorded in accordance with any rules prescribed by the Administrator, a Participant’s transfer election may be implemented effective as of the business day on which the Administrator receives the Participant’s instructions.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section to the contrary, the Administrator may prescribe such rules restricting Participants’ transfer elections as it deems necessary or appropriate to preclude excessive or abusive trading or market timing.

 

42


10.4 404(c) Protection

The Plan is intended to constitute a plan described in ERISA Section 404(c) and regulations issued thereunder. The fiduciaries of the Plan may be relieved of liability for any losses that are the direct and necessary result of investment instructions given by a Participant, his Beneficiary, or an alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order.

 

43


ARTICLE XI

CREDITING AND VALUING ACCOUNTS

11.1 Crediting Accounts

All contributions made under the provisions of the Plan shall be credited to Accounts in the Trust Funds by the Trustee, in accordance with procedures established in writing by the Administrator, either when received or on the succeeding Valuation Date after valuation of the Trust Fund has been completed for such Valuation Date as provided in Section 11.2, as shall be determined by the Administrator.

11.2 Valuing Accounts

Accounts in the Trust Funds shall be valued by the Trustee on the Valuation Date, in accordance with procedures established in writing by the Administrator, either in the manner adopted by the Trustee and approved by the Administrator or in the manner set forth in Section 11.3 as Plan valuation procedures, as determined by the Administrator.

11.3 Plan Valuation Procedures

With respect to the Trust Funds, the Administrator may determine that the following valuation procedures shall be applied. As of each Valuation Date hereunder, the portion of any Accounts in a Trust Fund shall be adjusted to reflect any increase or decrease in the value of the Trust Fund for the period of time occurring since the immediately preceding Valuation Date for the Trust Fund (the “valuation period”) in the following manner:

 

(a) First, the value of the Trust Fund shall be determined by valuing all of the assets of the Trust Fund at fair market value.

 

(b) Next, the net increase or decrease in the value of the Trust Fund attributable to net income and all profits and losses, realized and unrealized, during the valuation period shall be determined on the basis of the valuation under paragraph (a) taking into account appropriate adjustments for contributions, loan payments, and transfers to and distributions, withdrawals, loans, and transfers from such Trust Fund during the valuation period.

 

(c) Finally, the net increase or decrease in the value of the Trust Fund shall be allocated among Accounts in the Trust Fund in the ratio of the balance of the portion of such Account in the Trust Fund as of the preceding Valuation Date less any distributions, withdrawals, loans, and transfers from such Account balance in the Trust Fund since the Valuation Date to the aggregate balances of the portions of all Accounts in the Trust Fund similarly adjusted, and each Account in the Trust Fund shall be credited or charged with the amount of its allocated share.

 

44


11.4 Finality of Determinations

The Trustee shall have exclusive responsibility for determining the value of each Account maintained hereunder. The Trustee’s determinations thereof shall be conclusive upon all interested parties.

11.5 Notification

Within a reasonable period of time after the end of each calendar quarter, the Administrator shall notify each Participant and Beneficiary of the value of his Account and Sub-Accounts as of a Valuation Date during such calendar quarter.

 

45


ARTICLE XII

LOANS

12.1 Application for Loan

A Participant who is a party in interest as defined in ERISA Section 3(14) may make application to the Administrator for a loan from his Account. Loans shall be made to Participants in accordance with written guidelines which are hereby incorporated into and made a part of the Plan. To the extent that such written guidelines comply with the requirements of Code Section 72(p), but are inconsistent with the provisions of this Article, such written guidelines shall be given effect.

As collateral for any loan granted hereunder, the Participant shall grant to the Plan a security interest in his vested interest under the Plan equal to the amount of the loan; provided, however, that in no event may the security interest exceed fifty (50) percent of the Participant’s vested interest under the Plan determined as of the date as of which the loan is originated in accordance with Plan provisions. In the case of a Participant who is an active employee, the Participant also shall enter into an agreement to repay the loan by payroll withholding. No loan in excess of fifty (50) percent of the Participant’s vested interest under the Plan shall be made from the Plan. Loans shall not be made available to Highly Compensated Employees in an amount greater than the amount made available to other employees.

A loan shall not be granted unless the Participant consents to the charging of his Account for unpaid principal and interest amounts in the event the loan is declared to be in default.

12.2 Reduction of Account Upon Distribution

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the amount of a Participant’s Account that is distributable to the Participant or his Beneficiary under Article XIII or XV shall be reduced by the portion of his vested interest that is held by the Plan as security for any loan outstanding to the Participant, provided that the reduction is used to repay the loan. If distribution is made because of the Participant’s death prior to the commencement of distribution of his Account and the Participant’s vested interest in his Account is payable to more than one individual as Beneficiary, then the balance of the Participant’s vested interest in his Account shall be adjusted by reducing the vested account balance by the amount of the security used to repay the loan, as provided in the preceding sentence, prior to determining the amount of the benefit payable to each such individual.

12.3 Requirements to Prevent a Taxable Distribution

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, the following terms and conditions shall apply to any loan made to a Participant under this Article:

 

46


(a) The interest rate on any loan to a Participant shall be a reasonable interest rate commensurate with current interest rates charged for loans made under similar circumstances by persons in the business of lending money.

 

(b) The amount of any loan to a Participant (when added to the outstanding balance of all other loans to the Participant from the Plan or any other plan maintained by an Employer or a Related Company) shall not exceed the lesser of:

 

  (i) $50,000, reduced by the excess, if any, of the highest outstanding balance of any other loan to the Participant from the Plan or any other plan maintained by an Employer or a Related Company during the preceding 12-month period over the outstanding balance of such loans on the date a loan is made hereunder; or

 

  (ii) fifty (50) percent of the vested portions of the Participant’s Account and his vested interest under all other plans maintained by an Employer or a Related Company.

 

(c) The term of any loan to a Participant shall be no greater than five (5) years, except in the case of a loan used to acquire any dwelling unit which within a reasonable period of time is to be used (determined at the time the loan is made) as a principal residence (as defined under Code Section 121) of the Participant.

 

(d) Substantially level amortization shall be required over the term of the loan with payments made not less frequently than quarterly, except that if so provided in the written guidelines applicable to Plan loans, the amortization schedule may be waived and payments suspended while a Participant is on a leave of absence from employment with an Employer or any Related Company (for periods in which the Participant does not perform military service as described in paragraph (e)), provided that all of the following requirements are met:

 

  (i) Such leave is either without pay or at a reduced rate of pay that, after withholding for employment and income taxes, is less than the amount required to be paid under the amortization schedule;

 

  (ii) Payments resume after the earlier of (a) the date such leave of absence ends or (b) the one-year anniversary of the date such leave began;

 

  (iii) The period during which payments are suspended does not exceed one year;

 

  (iv) Payments resume in an amount not less than the amount required under the original amortization schedule; and

 

47


  (v) The waiver of the amortization schedule does not extend the period of the loan beyond the maximum period permitted under this Article.

 

(e) If a Participant is absent from employment with any Employer or any Related Company for a period during which he performs services in the uniformed services (as defined in chapter 45 of title 38 of the United States Code), whether or not such services constitute qualified military service, the suspension of payments shall not be taken into account for purposes of applying either paragraph (c) or paragraph (d) of this Section provided that all of the following requirements are met:

 

  (i) Payments resume upon completion of such military service;

 

  (ii) Payments resume in an amount not less than the amount required under the original amortization schedule and continue in such amount until the loan is repaid in full;

 

  (iii) Upon resumption, payments are made no less frequently than required under the original amortization schedule and continue under such schedule until the loan is repaid in full; and

 

  (iv) The loan is repaid in full, including interest accrued during the period of such military service, no later than (1) for loans made prior to January 1, 2004, the last scheduled repayment date under the original amortization schedule extended by the period of such military service and (2) for loans made on or after January 1, 2004, the maximum period otherwise permitted under this Article extended by the period of such military service.

 

(f) The loan shall be evidenced by a legally enforceable agreement that demonstrates compliance with the provisions of this Section.

12.4 Administration of Loan Investment Fund

Upon approval of a loan to a Participant, the Administrator shall direct the Trustee to transfer an amount equal to the loan amount from the Investment Funds in which it is invested, as directed by the Administrator, to the loan Investment Fund established in the Participant’s name. Any loan approved by the Administrator shall be made to the Participant out of the Participant’s loan Investment Fund. All principal and interest paid by the Participant on a loan made under this Article shall be deposited to his Account and shall be allocated upon receipt among the Investment Funds in accordance with the Participant’s then currently effective investment election. The balance of the Participant’s loan Investment Fund shall be decreased by the amount of principal payments and the loan Investment Fund shall be terminated when the loan has been repaid in full.

 

48


12.5 Default

If either (1) a Participant fails to make or cause to be made, any payment required under the terms of the loan by the end of the calendar quarter following the calendar quarter in which the payment was due, unless payment is not made because the Participant is on a leave of absence and the amortization schedule is waived as provided in Section 12.3(d) or (e), or (2) there is an outstanding principal balance existing on a loan after the last scheduled repayment date (extended as provided in Section 12.3(e), if applicable), the Administrator shall direct the Trustee to declare the loan to be in default, and the entire unpaid balance of such loan, together with accrued interest, shall be immediately due and payable. In any such event, if such balance and interest thereon is not paid following such declaration, the Trustee shall charge the Account of the Participant with the amount of such balance and interest as of the earliest date a distribution may be made from the Plan to the Participant without adversely affecting the tax qualification of the Plan or of the cash or deferred arrangement.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following shall apply with respect to a Participant with an outstanding loan whose employment has terminated:

 

(a) If the Participant was terminated involuntarily for reasons other than cause, the Administrator shall direct the Trustee to declare the outstanding loan to be in default as of the earliest of (i) the end of the period described in (1) above, (ii) the last scheduled repayment date, or (iii) the date on which the Participant’s (or, if the Participant has died, his Beneficiary’s) application for benefits is processed.

 

(b) If the Participant terminated voluntarily or was terminated for cause, the Administrator shall direct the Trustee to declare the outstanding loan to be in default as of the earliest of (i) the end of the period described in (1) above, (ii) the last scheduled repayment date, (iii) 60 days after the Participant’s termination of employment, or (iv) the date on which the Participant’s (or, if the Participant has died, his Beneficiary’s) application for benefits is processed.

12.6 Deemed Distribution Under Code Section 72(p)

If a Participant’s loan is declared to be in default and such Participant fails to remit payment as provided in Section 12.5, the Participant shall be deemed to have received a taxable distribution in the amount of the outstanding loan balance as required under Code Section 72(p), whether or not distribution may actually be made from the Plan without adversely affecting the tax qualification of the Plan; provided, however, that the taxable portion of such deemed distribution shall be reduced in accordance with the provisions of Code Section 72(e) to the extent the deemed distribution is attributable to the Participant’s After-Tax Contributions.

 

49


12.7 Treatment of Outstanding Balance of Loan Deemed Distributed Under Code Section 72(p)

With respect to any loan made on or after January 1, 2002, the balance of such loan that is deemed to have been distributed to a Participant hereunder shall cease to be an outstanding loan for purposes of Code Section 72(p) and a Participant shall not be treated as having received a taxable distribution when his Account is offset by such outstanding loan balance as provided in Section 12.5. Any interest that accrues on a loan after it is deemed to have been distributed shall not be treated as an additional loan to the Participant and shall not be included in the Participant’s taxable income as a deemed distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, unless a Participant repays such loan, with interest, the amount of such loan, with interest thereon calculated as provided in the original loan note, shall continue to be considered an outstanding loan for purposes of determining the maximum permissible amount of any subsequent loan under Section 12.3(b).

If a Participant elects to make payments on a loan after it is deemed to have been distributed hereunder, such payments shall be treated as After-Tax Contributions to the Plan solely for purposes of determining the taxable portion of the Participant’s Account and shall not be treated as After-Tax Contributions for any other Plan purpose, including application of the limitations on contributions applicable under Code Sections 401(m) and 415.

12.8 Special Rules Applicable to Loans

Any loan made hereunder shall be subject to the following rules:

 

(a) Loans Limited to Eligible Employees: No loans shall be made to an Employee who makes a Rollover Contribution in accordance with Article V, but who is not an Eligible Employee as provided in Article III.

 

(b) Minimum Loan Amount: A Participant may not request or obtain a loan for less than $1,000.

 

(c) Maximum Number of Outstanding Loans: A Participant with an outstanding loan may not apply for another loan until the existing loan is paid in full and may not refinance an existing loan or obtain a second (2nd) loan for the purpose of paying off the existing loan. The provisions of this paragraph shall not apply to any loans made prior to the effective date of this amendment and restatement; provided, however, that any such loan shall be taken into account in determining whether a Participant may apply for a new loan hereunder.

 

(d)

Maximum Period for Principal Residence Loan: The term of any loan to a Participant that is used to acquire any dwelling unit which within a reasonable period of time is to be used (determined at the time the loan is made) as a

 

50


principal residence (as defined under Code Section 121) of the Participant shall be no greater than fifteen (15) years.

 

(e) Pre-Payment Without Penalty: A Participant may pre-pay the balance of any loan hereunder prior to the date it is due without penalty.

 

(f) Effect of Termination of Employment: Upon a Participant’s termination of employment, the balance of any outstanding loan hereunder shall immediately become due and owing; provided, however, that if such Participant is entitled to severance payments and the Participant agrees to withholding of loan repayments from such severance payments, the Participant shall not be deemed to have terminated employment for purposes of applying the provisions of this paragraph until such severance payments cease.

 

(g) No Roll Over of Loans: A Participant may not elect to roll over any loan note held pursuant to the provisions of this Article.

12.9 Loans Granted Prior to Amendment

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article to the contrary, any loan made under the provisions of the Plan as in effect prior to this amendment and restatement shall remain outstanding until repaid in accordance with its terms or the otherwise applicable Plan provisions.

 

51


ARTICLE XIII

WITHDRAWALS WHILE EMPLOYED

13.1 Non-Hardship Withdrawals of After-Tax Contributions

A Participant who is employed by an Employer or a Related Company may request at any time, subject to the limitations and conditions prescribed in this Article, to make a cash withdrawal from his After-Tax Contributions Sub-Account. A Participant who makes a withdrawal from his After-Tax Contributions Sub-Account in accordance with the provisions of this Section may not make a further such withdrawal during the thirty-six (36)-month period following the effective date of the withdrawal.

13.2 Non-Hardship Withdrawals of Rollover Contributions from B-K Medical Plan

A Participant who is employed by an Employer or a Related Company may request at any time, subject to the limitations and conditions prescribed in this Article, to make a cash withdrawal from the portion of his Rollover Contributions Sub-Account that is attributable to rollovers made to the B-K Medical Systems, Inc. 401(k) Savings Plan.

13.3 Non-Hardship Withdrawals of Amounts Transferred from Siemens Savings Plan

A Participant who is employed by an Employer or a Related Company and is or was an employee of Sound Technology, Inc. may request at any time, subject to the limitations and conditions prescribed in this Article, to make a cash withdrawal from the portion of his Account that is attributable to any after-tax, rollover, and matching contributions that were transferred to the Plan from the Siemens Savings Plan, excluding any earnings or losses credited to such amounts after December 31, 2002. The minimum non-hardship withdrawal that a Participant may make in accordance with the provisions of this Section shall be an amount equal to the lesser of $250 or one-hundred (100) percent of his withdrawable interest in such amounts.

A Participant may not make more than two (2) withdrawals during the Plan Year in accordance with the provisions of this Section.

13.4 Age Fifty-Nine and One-Half (59 1/2) Withdrawals

A Participant who is employed by an Employer or a Related Company and who has attained age fifty-nine and one-half (59 1/2) may request, subject to the limitations and conditions prescribed in this Article, to make a cash withdrawal from his vested interest in any of the following Sub-Accounts:

 

(a) his Tax-Deferred Contributions Sub-Account.

 

52


(b) his Rollover Contributions Sub-Account.

 

(c) his Qualified Non-elective Contributions Sub-Account.

 

(d) his Qualified Matching Contributions Sub-Account.

 

(e) his Discretionary Contributions Sub-Account.

 

(f) his Regular Matching Contributions Sub-Account.

 

(g) his True Up Matching Contributions Sub-Account.

13.5 Overall Limitations on Non-Hardship Withdrawals

Non-hardship withdrawals made pursuant to this Article shall be subject to the following conditions and limitations:

 

(a) A Participant must apply for a non-hardship withdrawal such number of days prior to the date as of which it is to be effective as the Administrator may prescribe.

 

(b) Withdrawals may be made effective as soon as administratively practicable after the Administrator’s approval of the Participant’s withdrawal application.

13.6 Hardship Withdrawals

A Participant who is employed by an Employer or a Related Company and who is determined by the Administrator to have incurred a hardship in accordance with the provisions of this Article may request, subject to the limitations and conditions prescribed in this Article, to make a cash withdrawal from his vested interest in any of the following Sub-Accounts:

 

(a) his Tax-Deferred Contributions Sub-Account, excluding any income credited to such Sub-Account.

13.7 Hardship Determination

The Administrator shall grant a hardship withdrawal only if it determines that the withdrawal is necessary to meet an immediate and heavy financial need of the Participant. An immediate and heavy financial need of the Participant means a financial need on account of:

 

53


(a) expenses previously incurred by or necessary to obtain for the Participant, the Participant’s spouse, or any dependent of the Participant (as defined in Code Section 152) medical care described in Code Section 213(d);

 

(b) costs directly related to the purchase (excluding mortgage payments) of a principal residence for the Participant;

 

(c) payment of tuition, related educational fees, and room and board expenses for the next 12 months of post-secondary education for the Participant, the Participant’s spouse, or any dependent of the Participant; or

 

(d) the need to prevent the eviction of the Participant from his principal residence or foreclosure on the mortgage of the Participant’s principal residence.

13.8 Satisfaction of Necessity Requirement for Hardship Withdrawals

A withdrawal shall be deemed to be necessary to satisfy an immediate and heavy financial need of a Participant only if the Participant satisfies all of the following requirements:

 

(a) The withdrawal is not in excess of the amount of the immediate and heavy financial need of the Participant.

 

(b) The Participant has obtained all distributions, other than hardship distributions, and all non-taxable loans currently available under all plans maintained by an Employer or any Related Company.

 

(c) The Participant’s Tax-Deferred Contributions and the Participant’s “elective contributions” and “employee contributions”, as defined in Article VII, under all other qualified and non-qualified deferred compensation plans maintained by an Employer or any Related Company shall be suspended for at least twelve (12) months after his receipt of the withdrawal.

 

(d) The Participant’s Tax-Deferred Contributions and “elective contributions”, as defined in Article VII, for his taxable year immediately following the taxable year of the withdrawal shall not exceed the applicable limit under Code Section 402(g) for such next taxable year less the amount of the Participant’s Tax-Deferred Contributions and “elective contributions” for the taxable year of the withdrawal.

A Participant shall continue to be treated as an Eligible Employee for purposes of applying the limitations contained in Article VII of the Plan notwithstanding that his Tax-Deferred Contributions have been suspended in accordance with this Section.

 

54


13.9 Conditions and Limitations on Hardship Withdrawals

Hardship withdrawals made pursuant to this Article shall be subject to the following conditions and limitations:

 

(a) A Participant must apply for a hardship withdrawal such number of days as the Administrator may prescribe prior to the date as of which it is to be effective.

 

(b) Hardship withdrawals may be effected as soon as administratively practicable after the Administrator’s approval of the Participant’s withdrawal request.

 

(c) The amount of a hardship withdrawal may include any amounts necessary to pay any Federal, state, or local income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result because of the withdrawal.

13.10 Order of Withdrawal from a Participant’s Sub-Accounts

Distribution of a withdrawal amount shall be made from a Participant’s Sub-Accounts, to the extent necessary, in the order prescribed by the Administrator, which order shall be uniform with respect to all Participants and non-discriminatory. If the Sub-Account from which a Participant is receiving a withdrawal is invested in more than one (1) Investment Fund, the withdrawal shall be charged against the Investment Funds as directed by the Administrator.

 

55


ARTICLE XIV

TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT AND SETTLEMENT DATE

14.1 Termination of Employment and Settlement Date

A Participant’s Settlement Date shall occur on the date he terminates employment with the Employers and all Related Companies because of death, disability, retirement, or other termination of employment. Written notice of a Participant’s Settlement Date shall be given by the Administrator to the Trustee as soon thereafter as administratively practicable.

 

56


ARTICLE XV

DISTRIBUTIONS

15.1 Distributions to Participants

After his Settlement Date, a Participant shall receive distribution of his vested interest in his Account in the form provided under Article XVI beginning as soon as reasonably practicable following his Settlement Date or, if later, the date his application for distribution is filed with the Administrator.

15.2 Distributions to Beneficiaries

If a Participant dies prior to his Benefit Payment Date, his Beneficiary shall receive distribution of the Participant’s vested interest in his Account in the form provided under Article XVI beginning as soon as reasonably practicable following the date the Beneficiary’s application for distribution is filed with the Administrator. Distribution of the Participant’s entire vested interest shall be made to a Participant’s non-spouse Beneficiary no later than the end of the fifth (5th) calendar year beginning after the Participant’s death. If distribution is to be made to the Participant’s spouse as Beneficiary, distribution shall be made no later than the later of (i) the end of the first calendar year beginning after the Participant’s death or (ii) the end of the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age seventy and one-half (70 1/2).

If distribution is to be made to a Participant’s spouse, it shall be made available within a reasonable period of time after the Participant’s death that is no less favorable than the period of time applicable to other distributions.

15.3 Cash Outs and Participant Consent

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, if a Participant’s vested interest in his Account does not exceed $200, distribution of such vested interest shall be made to the Participant in a single sum payment as soon as reasonably practicable following his Settlement Date. If a Participant has no vested interest in his Account on his Settlement Date, he shall be deemed to have received distribution of such vested interest on his Settlement Date.

If a Participant’s vested interest in his Account exceeds $200, distribution to such Participant shall not commence without the Participant’s written consent prior to the later of his Normal Retirement Date or the date he attains age sixty-two (62).

 

57


15.4 Required Commencement of Distribution

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, distribution of a Participant’s vested interest in his Account shall commence to the Participant no later than the earlier of:

 

(a) unless the Participant elects a later date, sixty (60) days after the close of the Plan Year in which (i) the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date occurs, (ii) the tenth (10th) anniversary of the year in which he commenced participation in the Plan occurs, or (iii) his Settlement Date occurs, whichever is latest; or

 

(b) his Required Beginning Date.

Distributions required to commence under this Section shall be made in the form provided under Article XVI and in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(9) and regulations issued thereunder, including the minimum distribution incidental benefit requirements.

15.5 Reemployment of a Participant

If a Participant whose Settlement Date has occurred is reemployed by an Employer or a Related Company, he shall lose his right to any distribution or further distributions from the Trust arising from his prior Settlement Date and his interest in the Trust shall thereafter be treated in the same manner as that of any other Participant whose Settlement Date has not occurred.

15.6 Restrictions on Alienation

Except as provided in Code Section 401(a)(13) (relating to qualified domestic relations orders), Code Section 401(a)(13)(C) and (D) (relating to offsets ordered or required under a criminal conviction involving the Plan, a civil judgment in connection with a violation or alleged violation of fiduciary responsibilities under ERISA, or a settlement agreement between the Participant and the Department of Labor in connection with a violation or alleged violation of fiduciary responsibilities under ERISA), Section 1.401(a)-13(b)(2) of Treasury regulations (relating to Federal tax levies and judgments), or as otherwise required by law, no benefit under the Plan at any time shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, assignment (either at law or in equity), encumbrance, garnishment, levy, execution, or other legal or equitable process; and no person shall have power in any manner to anticipate, transfer, assign (either at law or in equity), alienate or subject to attachment, garnishment, levy, execution, or other legal or equitable process, or in any way encumber his benefits under the Plan, or any part thereof, and any attempt to do so shall be void.

 

58


15.7 Facility of Payment

If the Administrator finds that any individual to whom an amount is payable hereunder is a minor or is otherwise incapable of attending to his financial affairs because of any mental or physical condition, including the infirmities of advanced age, such amount (unless prior claim therefor shall have been made by a duly qualified guardian or other legal representative) may, in the discretion of the Administrator, be paid to another person for the use or benefit of the individual found incapable of attending to his financial affairs or in satisfaction of legal obligations incurred by or on behalf of such individual. The Trustee shall make such payment only upon receipt of written instructions to such effect from the Administrator. Any such payment shall be charged to the Account from which any such payment would otherwise have been paid to the individual found incapable of attending to his financial affairs and shall be a complete discharge of any liability therefor under the Plan.

15.8 Inability to Locate Payee

If any benefit becomes payable to any person, or to the executor or administrator of any deceased person, and if that person or his executor or administrator does not present himself to the Administrator within a reasonable period after the Administrator mails written notice of his eligibility to receive a distribution hereunder to his last known address and makes such other diligent effort to locate the person as the Administrator determines, that benefit will be forfeited. However, if the payee later files a claim for that benefit, the benefit will be restored.

15.9 Distribution Pursuant to Qualified Domestic Relations Orders

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, if a qualified domestic relations order so provides, distribution may be made to an alternate payee pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p), regardless of whether the Participant’s Settlement Date has occurred or whether the Participant is otherwise entitled to receive a distribution under the Plan.

 

59


ARTICLE XVI

FORM OF PAYMENT

16.1 Form of Payment

Distribution shall be made to a Participant, or his Beneficiary, if the Participant has died, in a single sum cash payment.

16.2 Direct Rollover

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, in lieu of receiving distribution in the form of payment provided under this Article, a “qualified distributee” may elect in writing, in accordance with rules prescribed by the Administrator, to have a portion or all of any “eligible rollover distribution” paid directly by the Plan to the “eligible retirement plan” designated by the “qualified distributee”. Any such payment by the Plan to another “eligible retirement plan” shall be a direct rollover.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a “qualified distributee” may not elect a direct rollover with respect to an “eligible rollover distribution” if the total value of the “eligible rollover distributions” expected to be made to the “qualified distributee” for the year is less than $200.

For purposes of this Section, the following terms have the following meanings:

 

(a) An “eligible retirement plan” means an individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(a), an individual retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b), an annuity plan described in Code Section 403(a), or a qualified trust described in Code Section 401(a) that accepts rollovers; provided, however, that, in the case of a direct rollover by a surviving spouse, an eligible retirement plan does not include a qualified trust described in Code Section 401(a). An “eligible retirement plan” with respect to a “qualified distributee” other than the Participant, the Participant’s surviving spouse, or the Participant’s spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relation order means either an individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(a) or an individual retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b) (an “IRA”). Such IRA must be treated as an IRA inherited from the deceased Participant by the “qualified distributee” and must be established in a manner that identifies it as such.

 

(b) An “eligible rollover distribution” means any distribution of all or any portion of the balance of a Participant’s Account; provided, however, that an eligible rollover distribution does not include the following:

 

60


  (i) any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Code Section 401(a)(9).

 

  (ii) the portion of any distribution that consists of the Participant’s After-Tax Contributions.

 

  (iii) any hardship withdrawal of Tax-Deferred Contributions made in accordance with the provisions of Article XIII.

 

(c) A “qualified distributee” means a Participant, his surviving spouse, or his spouse or former spouse who is an alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p). A “qualified distributee” includes a Participant’s non-spouse Beneficiary who is his designated beneficiary within the meaning of Code Section 401(a)(9)(E).

16.3 Notice Regarding Form of Payment

Within the one-hundred and fifty (150)-day period ending thirty (30) days before a Participant’s Benefit Payment Date, the Administrator shall provide the Participant with a written explanation of his right to defer distribution until his Normal Retirement Date, or such later date as may be provided in the Plan, his right to make a direct rollover, and the form of payment provided under the Plan. Distribution of the Participant’s Account may commence fewer than thirty (30) days after such notice is provided to the Participant if (i) the Administrator clearly informs the Participant of his right to consider his election of whether or not to make a direct rollover or to receive a distribution prior to his Normal Retirement Date for a period of at least thirty (30) days following his receipt of the notice and (ii) the Participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects an early distribution.

 

61


ARTICLE XVII

BENEFICIARIES

17.1 Designation of Beneficiary

An unmarried Participant’s Beneficiary shall be the person or persons designated by such Participant in accordance with rules prescribed by the Administrator. A married Participant’s Beneficiary shall be his spouse, unless the Participant designates a person or persons other than his spouse as Beneficiary with his spouse’s written consent. For purposes of this Section, a Participant shall be treated as unmarried and spousal consent shall not be required if the Participant is not married on his Benefit Payment Date.

If no Beneficiary has been designated pursuant to the provisions of this Section, or if no Beneficiary survives the Participant and he has no surviving spouse, then the Beneficiary under the Plan shall be the Participant’s estate. If a Beneficiary dies after becoming entitled to receive a distribution under the Plan but before distribution is made to him in full, and if the Participant has not designated another Beneficiary to receive the balance of the distribution in that event, the estate of the deceased Beneficiary shall be the Beneficiary as to the balance of the distribution.

17.2 Spousal Consent Requirements

Any written spousal consent given pursuant to this Article must acknowledge the effect of the action taken, must specify any non-spouse Beneficiary designated by the Participant and that such Beneficiary may not be changed without written spousal consent, and must be witnessed by a Plan representative or a notary public. A Participant’s spouse will be deemed to have given written consent to the Participant’s designation of Beneficiary if the Participant establishes to the satisfaction of a Plan representative that such consent cannot be obtained because the spouse cannot be located or because of other circumstances set forth in Section 401(a)(11) of the Code and regulations issued thereunder. Any written consent given or deemed to have been given by a Participant’s spouse hereunder shall be valid only with respect to the spouse who signs the consent.

 

62


ARTICLE XVIII

ADMINISTRATION

18.1 Authority of the Sponsor

The Sponsor, which shall be the administrator for purposes of ERISA and the plan administrator for purposes of the Code, shall be responsible for the administration of the Plan and, in addition to the powers and authorities expressly conferred upon it in the Plan, shall have all such powers and authorities as may be necessary to carry out the provisions of the Plan, including the power and authority to interpret and construe the provisions of the Plan, to make benefit determinations, and to resolve any disputes which arise under the Plan. The Sponsor (or, if applicable, the Administrative Committee) may employ such attorneys, agents, and accountants as it may deem necessary or advisable to assist in carrying out its duties hereunder. The Sponsor shall be a “named fiduciary” as that term is defined in ERISA Section 402(a)(2). The Sponsor, by action of its board of directors, may:

 

(a) allocate any of the powers, authority, or responsibilities for the operation and administration of the Plan (other than trustee responsibilities as defined in ERISA Section 405(c)(3)) among named fiduciaries; and

 

(b) designate a person or persons other than a named fiduciary to carry out any of such powers, authority, or responsibilities;

except that no allocation by the Sponsor of, or designation by the Sponsor with respect to, any of such powers, authority, or responsibilities to another named fiduciary or a person other than a named fiduciary shall become effective unless such allocation or designation shall first be accepted by such named fiduciary or other person in a writing signed by it and delivered to the Sponsor.

18.2 Discretionary Authority

In carrying out its duties under the Plan, including making benefit determinations, interpreting or construing the provisions of the Plan, and resolving disputes, the Sponsor (or any individual to whom authority has been delegated in accordance with Section 18.1) shall have absolute discretionary authority.

18.3 Action of the Sponsor

Any act authorized, permitted, or required to be taken under the Plan by the Sponsor and which has not been delegated in accordance with Section 18.1, may be taken by a majority of the members of the board of directors of the Sponsor, either by vote at a meeting, or in writing without a meeting, or by the employee or employees of the Sponsor designated by the board of directors to carry out such acts on behalf of the

 

63


Sponsor. All notices, advice, directions, certifications, approvals, and instructions required or authorized to be given by the Sponsor under the Plan shall be in writing and signed by either (i) a majority of the members of the Sponsor’s board of directors or by such member or members as may be designated by an instrument in writing, signed by all the members thereof, as having authority to execute such documents on its behalf, or (ii) the employee or employees authorized to act for the Sponsor in accordance with the provisions of this Section.

18.4 Designation and Appointment of Administrative Committee

If in accordance with the provisions of Section 18.1, the Sponsor determines to designate an Administrative Committee to act as the administrator for purposes of ERISA and the plan administrator for purposes of the Code, the Administrative Committee shall consist of three (3) individuals who may, but need not be, officers, directors, or Employees of an Employer. The following shall apply with respect to the appointment, retention, and resignation of Administrative Committee members:

 

(a) If an individual is appointed as a member of the Administrative Committee and accepts such appointment in accordance with Section 18.1, such appointment shall be effective until a successor is appointed or until the member dies, resigns, ceases to be an employee of an Employer, or is removed by the Sponsor.

 

(b) A member of the Administrative Committee may be removed by the Sponsor at any time, with or without cause, by written notice delivered or mailed by registered mail to such member and each other member of the Administrative Committee. A member of the Administrative Committee may resign at any time by filing written notice with the Sponsor. If a member of the Administrative Committee who is an Employee terminates employment with the Employers, he shall automatically cease to be a member of the Administrative Committee.

 

(c) If a vacancy occurs in the Administrative Committee, the remaining members of the Administrative shall notify in writing and request appointment of a successor. The Sponsor shall appoint a successor within a reasonable period of receiving such request. If no successor has been appointed within thirty (30) days following the Sponsor’s receipt of such request, the remaining members shall be entitled to fill such vacancy by written notice to the Sponsor and to the Trustee. During the existence of a vacancy in the Administrative Committee, the remaining two (2) members shall have all the powers and authority of the Administrative Committee.

The Administrative Committee shall act by a majority, but not less than two (2), of its members. No member of the Administrative Committee shall vote upon any matter relating specifically to himself as a Participant, but may vote upon matters relating to Participants in general.

 

64


The members of the Administrative Committee may by written agreement allocate among themselves their responsibilities under the Plan. Except as otherwise required by law, to the extent responsibilities have been so allocated, only the member to whom a specific responsibility has been allocated shall be liable for omissions occurring in the performance of such responsibility.

18.5 Reliance on Specialists

Except as otherwise required by law, none of the Sponsor, it officers, directors and employees, the Administrative Committee, or the Trustee shall be responsible for any reports furnished by any specialist retained or employed by the Sponsor or the Administrative Committee, but they shall be entitled to rely thereon as well as on certificates furnished by an accountant, and on all opinions of counsel. The Sponsor, its officers, directors and employees, the Administrative Committee, and the Trustee shall be fully protected with respect to any action taken or suffered by them in good faith in reliance upon such specialist, accountant or counsel, and all actions taken or suffered in such reliance shall be conclusive upon each of them and upon all Employees, Participants, Beneficiaries, and any other persons with an interest under the Plan or Trust Agreement.

18.6 Claims Review Procedure

Whenever a claim for benefits under the Plan filed by any person (herein referred to as the “Claimant”) is denied, whether in whole or in part, the Sponsor shall transmit a written notice of such decision to the Claimant within ninety (90) days of the date the claim was filed or, if special circumstances require an extension, within one-hundred and eighty (180) days of such date, which notice shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant and shall contain a statement of (i) the specific reasons for the denial of the claim, (ii) specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based, (iii) a description of any additional material or information necessary for the Claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such information is necessary, (iv) that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, (v) records and other information relevant to the Claimant’s claim, a description of the review procedures and in the event of an adverse review decision, a statement describing any voluntary review procedures and the Claimant’s right to obtain copies of such procedures, and (vi) a statement that there is no further administrative review following the initial review, and that the Claimant has a right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) if the Sponsor’s decision on review is adverse to the Claimant. The notice shall also include a statement advising the Claimant that, within sixty (60) days of the date on which he receives such notice, he may obtain review of such decision in accordance with the procedures hereinafter set forth. Within such sixty (60)-day period, the Claimant or his authorized representative may request that the claim denial be reviewed by filing with the Sponsor a written request therefor, which request shall contain the following information:

 

65


(a) the date on which the Claimant’s request was filed with the Sponsor; provided, however, that the date on which the Claimant’s request for review was in fact filed with the Sponsor shall control in the event that the date of the actual filing is later than the date stated by the Claimant pursuant to this paragraph;

 

(b) the specific portions of the denial of his claim which the Claimant requests the Sponsor to review;

 

(c) a statement by the Claimant setting forth the basis upon which he believes the Sponsor should reverse the previous denial of his claim for benefits and accept his claim as made; and

 

(d) any written material (offered as exhibits) which the Claimant desires the Sponsor to examine in its consideration of his position as stated pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section.

Within 60 days of the date determined pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section or, if special circumstances require an extension, within one-hundred and twenty (120) days of such date, the Sponsor shall conduct a full and fair review of the decision denying the Claimant’s claim for benefits and shall render its written decision on review to the Claimant. The Sponsor’s decision on review shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant and shall specify the reasons and Plan provisions upon which the Sponsor’s decision was based.

18.7 Qualified Domestic Relations Orders

The Sponsor shall establish reasonable procedures to determine the status of domestic relations orders and to administer distributions under domestic relations orders which are deemed to be qualified orders. Such procedures shall be in writing and shall comply with the provisions of Code Section 414(p) and regulations issued thereunder.

18.8 Indemnification

In addition to whatever rights of indemnification the members of the Sponsor’s board of directors or any employee or employees of the Sponsor to whom any power, authority, or responsibility is delegated pursuant to Section 18.3, may be entitled under the articles of incorporation or regulations of the Sponsor, under any provision of law, or under any other agreement, the Sponsor shall satisfy any liability actually and reasonably incurred by any such person or persons, including expenses, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement (other than amounts paid in settlement not approved by the Sponsor), in connection with any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, or proceeding which is related to the exercising or failure to exercise by such person or persons of any of the powers, authority, responsibilities, or discretion as provided under the Plan, or reasonably believed by such person or persons to be provided hereunder, and any action taken by such person or persons in connection therewith, unless the same is

 

66


judicially determined to be the result of such person or persons’ gross negligence or willful misconduct.

18.9 Actions Binding

Subject to the provisions of Section 18.4, any action taken by the Sponsor which is authorized, permitted, or required under the Plan shall be final and binding upon the Employers, the Trustee, all persons who have or who claim an interest under the Plan, and all third parties dealing with the Employers or the Trustee.

 

67


ARTICLE XIX

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

19.1 Amendment

Subject to the provisions of Section 19.2, the Sponsor may at any time and from time to time, by action of its board of directors, or such officers of the Sponsor as are authorized by its board of directors, amend the Plan, either prospectively or retroactively. Any such amendment shall be by written instrument executed by the Sponsor.

19.2 Limitation on Amendment

The Sponsor shall make no amendment to the Plan which shall decrease the accrued benefit of any Participant or Beneficiary, except that nothing contained herein shall restrict the right to amend the provisions of the Plan relating to the administration of the Plan and Trust. Moreover, no such amendment shall be made hereunder which shall permit any part of the Trust to revert to an Employer or any Related Company or be used or be diverted to purposes other than the exclusive benefit of Participants and Beneficiaries. The Sponsor shall make no retroactive amendment to the Plan unless such amendment satisfies the requirements of Code Section 401(b) and/or Section 1.401(a)(4)-11(g) of the Treasury regulations, as applicable.

19.3 Termination

The Sponsor reserves the right, by action of its board of directors, to terminate the Plan as to all Employers at any time (the effective date of such termination being hereinafter referred to as the “termination date”). Upon any such termination of the Plan, the following actions shall be taken for the benefit of Participants and Beneficiaries:

 

(a) As of the termination date, each Investment Fund shall be valued and all Accounts and Sub-Accounts shall be adjusted in the manner provided in Article XI, with any unallocated contributions or forfeitures being allocated as of the termination date in the manner otherwise provided in the Plan. The termination date shall become a Valuation Date for purposes of Article XI. In determining the net worth of the Trust, there shall be included as a liability such amounts as shall be necessary to pay all expenses in connection with the termination of the Trust and the liquidation and distribution of the property of the Trust, as well as other expenses, whether or not accrued, and shall include as an asset all accrued income.

 

(b)

All Accounts shall then be disposed of to or for the benefit of each Participant or Beneficiary in accordance with the provisions of Article XV as if the termination date were his Settlement Date; provided, however, that notwithstanding the provisions of Article XV, if the Plan does not offer an annuity option and if

 

68


 

neither his Employer nor a Related Company establishes or maintains another defined contribution plan (other than an employee stock ownership plan as defined in Code Section 4975(e)(7)), the Participant’s written consent to the commencement of distribution shall not be required regardless of the value of the vested portions of his Account.

 

(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (b) of this Section, no distribution shall be made to a Participant of any portion of the balance of his Tax-Deferred Contributions Sub-Account prior to his separation from service (other than a distribution made in accordance with Article XIII or required in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(9)) unless (i) neither his Employer nor a Related Company establishes or maintains another defined contribution plan (other than an employee stock ownership plan as defined in Code Section 4975(e)(7), a tax credit employee stock ownership plan as defined in Code Section 409, or a simplified employee pension as defined in Code Section 408(k)) either at the time the Plan is terminated or at any time during the period ending twelve (12) months after distribution of all assets from the Plan; provided, however, that this provision shall not apply if fewer than two (2) percent of the Eligible Employees under the Plan were eligible to participate at any time in such other defined contribution plan during the twenty-four (24)-month period beginning twelve (12) months before the Plan termination, and (ii) the distribution the Participant receives is a “lump sum distribution” as defined in Code Section 402(e)(4), without regard to clauses (I), (II), (III), and (IV) of sub-paragraph (D)(i) thereof.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Plan, upon any such Plan termination, the vested interest of each Participant and Beneficiary in his Employer Contributions Sub-Account shall be 100 percent; and, if there is a partial termination of the Plan, the vested interest of each Participant and Beneficiary who is affected by the partial termination in his Employer Contributions Sub-Account shall be one-hundred (100) percent. For purposes of the preceding sentence only, the Plan shall be deemed to terminate automatically if there shall be a complete discontinuance of contributions hereunder by all Employers.

19.4 Reorganization

The merger, consolidation, or liquidation of any Employer with or into any other Employer or a Related Company shall not constitute a termination of the Plan as to such Employer. If an Employer disposes of substantially all of the assets used by the Employer in a trade or business or disposes of a subsidiary and in connection therewith one or more Participants terminates employment but continues in employment with the purchaser of the assets or with such subsidiary, no distribution from the Plan shall be made to any such Participant from his Tax-Deferred Contributions Sub-Account prior to his separation from service (other than a distribution made in accordance with Article XIII or required in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(9)), except that a distribution shall be permitted to be made in such a case, subject to the Participant’s consent (to the extent required by

 

69


law), if (i) the distribution would constitute a “lump sum distribution” as defined in Code Section 402(e)(4), without regard to clauses (I), (II), (III), or (IV) of sub-paragraph (D)(i) thereof, (ii) the Employer continues to maintain the Plan after the disposition, (iii) the purchaser does not maintain the Plan after the disposition, and (iv) the distribution is made by the end of the second calendar year after the calendar year in which the disposition occurred.

19.5 Withdrawal of an Employer Upon Ceasing to be Member of Controlled Group

An Employer other than the Sponsor shall be deemed automatically to withdraw from the Plan in the event it is no longer a member of a controlled group of corporations (within the meaning of Code Section 414(b)) or under common control (within the meaning of Code Section 414(c)) with the Sponsor or any other Employer. Upon such withdrawal, the withdrawing Employer shall determine whether a partial termination has occurred with respect to its Employees. In the event that the withdrawing Employer determines a partial termination has occurred, the action specified in Section 19.3 shall be taken as of the withdrawal date, as on a termination of the Plan, but with respect only to Participants who are employed solely by the withdrawing Employer, and who, upon such withdrawal, are neither transferred to nor continued in employment with any other Employer or a Related Company. The interest of any Participant employed by the withdrawing Employer who is transferred to or continues in employment with any other Employer or a Related Company, and the interest of any Participant employed solely by an Employer or a Related Company other than the withdrawing Employer, shall remain unaffected by such withdrawal; no adjustment to his Accounts shall be made by reason of the withdrawal; and he shall continue as a Participant hereunder subject to the remaining provisions of the Plan.

 

70


ARTICLE XX

ADOPTION BY OTHER ENTITIES

20.1 Adoption by Related Companies

A Related Company shall, upon determination by the Sponsor, adopt the Plan and become an Employer hereunder by causing an appropriate written instrument evidencing such adoption to be executed in accordance with the requirements of its organizational authority. Any such instrument shall specify the effective date of the adoption.

20.2 Effective Plan Provisions

An Employer who adopts the Plan shall be bound by the provisions of the Plan in effect at the time of the adoption and as subsequently in effect because of any amendment to the Plan.

 

71


ARTICLE XXI

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

21.1 No Commitment as to Employment

Nothing contained herein shall be construed as a commitment or agreement upon the part of any person to continue his employment with an Employer or Related Company, or as a commitment on the part of any Employer or Related Company to continue the employment, compensation, or benefits of any person for any period.

21.2 Benefits

Nothing in the Plan nor the Trust Agreement shall be construed to confer any right or claim upon any person, firm, or corporation other than the Employers, the Trustee, Participants, and Beneficiaries.

21.3 No Guarantees

The Employers, the Administrator, and the Trustee do not guarantee the Trust from loss or depreciation, nor do they guarantee the payment of any amount which may become due to any person hereunder.

21.4 Expenses

The expenses of operation and administration of the Plan, including the expenses of the Administrator, shall be paid from the Trust, unless the Sponsor elects to make payment. To the extent paid from the Trust, administrative expenses shall be allocated among Participants’ Accounts.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, administrative expenses that are incurred directly with respect to an individual Participant’s Account will be allocated to that Account.

21.5 Precedent

Except as otherwise specifically provided, no action taken in accordance with the Plan shall be construed or relied upon as a precedent for similar action under similar circumstances.

21.6 Duty to Furnish Information

The Employers, the Administrator, and the Trustee shall furnish to any of the others any documents, reports, returns, statements, or other information that the other reasonably deems necessary to perform its duties hereunder or otherwise imposed by law.

 

72


21.7 Merger, Consolidation, or Transfer of Plan Assets

The Plan shall not be merged or consolidated with any other plan, nor shall any of its assets or liabilities be transferred to another plan, unless, immediately after such merger, consolidation, or transfer of assets or liabilities, each Participant in the Plan would receive a benefit under the Plan which is at least equal to the benefit he would have received immediately prior to such merger, consolidation, or transfer of assets or liabilities (assuming in each instance that the Plan had then terminated).

21.8 Back Pay Awards

The provisions of this Section shall apply only to an Employee or former Employee who becomes entitled to back pay by an award or agreement of an Employer without regard to mitigation of damages. If a person to whom this Section applies was or would have become an Eligible Employee after such back pay award or agreement has been effected, and if any such person who had not previously elected to make Tax-Deferred Contributions pursuant to Section 4.1 shall within thirty (30) days of the date he receives notice of the provisions of this Section make an election to make Tax-Deferred Contributions in accordance with such Section 4.1 (retroactive to any Enrollment Date as of which he was or has become eligible to do so), then such Participant may elect that any Tax-Deferred Contributions not previously made on his behalf but which, after application of the foregoing provisions of this Section, would have been made under the provisions of Article IV shall be made out of the proceeds of such back pay award or agreement. In addition, if any such Employee or former Employee would have been eligible to participate in the allocation of Employer Contributions under the provisions of Article VI or XXII for any prior Plan Year after such back pay award or agreement has been effected, his Employer shall make an Employer Contribution equal to the amount of the Employer Contribution which would have been allocated to such Participant under the provisions of Article VI or XXII as in effect during each such Plan Year. The amounts of such additional contributions shall be credited to the Account of such Participant. Any additional contributions made pursuant to this Section shall be made in accordance with, and subject to the limitations of the applicable provisions of the Plan.

21.9 Condition on Employer Contributions

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Plan or the Trust Agreement, any contribution of an Employer hereunder is conditioned upon the continued qualification of the Plan under Code Section 401(a), the exempt status of the Trust under Code Section 501(a), and the deductibility of the contribution under Code Section 404. Except as otherwise provided in this Section and Section 21.10, however, in no event shall any portion of the property of the Trust ever revert to or otherwise inure to the benefit of an Employer or any Related Company.

 

73


21.10 Return of Contributions to an Employer

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or the Trust Agreement to the contrary, in the event any contribution of an Employer made hereunder:

 

(a) is made under a mistake of fact, or

 

(b) is disallowed as a deduction under Code Section 404,

such contribution may be returned to the Employer within one (1) year after the payment of the contribution or the disallowance of the deduction to the extent disallowed, whichever is applicable. In the event the Plan does not initially qualify under Code Section 401(a), any contribution of an Employer made hereunder may be returned to the Employer within one (1) year of the date of denial of the initial qualification of the Plan, but only if an application for determination was made within the period of time prescribed under ERISA Section 403(c)(2)(B).

21.11 Validity of Plan

The validity of the Plan shall be determined and the Plan shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of Commonwealth of Massachusetts, except as preempted by applicable Federal law. The invalidity or illegality of any provision of the Plan shall not affect the legality or validity of any other part thereof.

21.12 Trust Agreement

The Trust Agreement and the Trust maintained thereunder shall be deemed to be a part of the Plan as if fully set forth herein and the provisions of the Trust Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference into the Plan.

21.13 Parties Bound

The Plan shall be binding upon the Employers, all Participants and Beneficiaries hereunder, and, as the case may be, the heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns of each of them.

21.14 Application of Certain Plan Provisions

For purposes of the general administrative provisions and limitations of the Plan and except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, a Participant’s Beneficiary or alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order shall be treated as any other person entitled to receive benefits under the Plan. Upon any termination of the Plan, any such Beneficiary or alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order who has an interest under the Plan at the time of such termination, which does not cease by reason thereof, shall be deemed to be a Participant for all purposes of the Plan. A Participant’s

 

74


Beneficiary, if the Participant has died, or alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order shall be treated as a Participant for purposes of directing investments as provided in Article X.

21.15 Merged Plans

In the event another defined contribution plan (the “merged plan”) is merged into and made a part of the Plan, each Employee who was eligible to participate in the “merged plan” immediately prior to the merger shall become an Eligible Employee on the date of the merger. In no event shall a Participant’s vested interest in his Sub-Account attributable to amounts transferred to the Plan from the “merged plan” (his “transferee Sub-Account”) on and after the merger be less than his vested interest in his account under the “merged plan” immediately prior to the merger. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, a Participant’s service credited for eligibility and vesting purposes under the “merged plan” as of the merger, if any, shall be included as Eligibility and Vesting Service under the Plan to the extent Eligibility and Vesting Service are credited under the Plan. Special provisions applicable to a Participant’s “transferee Sub-Account”, if any, shall be specifically reflected in the Plan or in an Addendum to the Plan.

21.16 Transferred Funds

If funds from another qualified plan are transferred or merged into the Plan, such funds shall be held and administered in accordance with any restrictions applicable to them under such other plan to the extent required by law and shall be accounted for separately to the extent necessary to accomplish the foregoing.

21.17 Veterans Reemployment Rights

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits, and service credit with respect to qualified military service shall be provided in accordance with Code Section 414(u). The Administrator shall notify the Trustee of any Participant with respect to whom additional contributions are made because of qualified military service.

21.18 Delivery of Cash Amounts

To the extent that the Plan requires the Employers to deliver cash amounts to the Trustee, such delivery may be made through any means acceptable to the Trustee, including wire transfer.

21.19 Written Communications

Any communication among the Employers, the Administrator, and the Trustee that is stipulated under the Plan to be made in writing may be made in any medium that is

 

75


acceptable to the receiving party and permitted under applicable law. In addition, any communication or disclosure to or from Participants and/or Beneficiaries that is required under the terms of the Plan to be made in writing may be provided in any other medium (electronic, telephonic, or otherwise) that is acceptable to the Administrator and permitted under applicable law.

 

76


ARTICLE XXII

TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS

22.1 Definitions

For purposes of this Article, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

The “ compensation ” of an employee means compensation as defined in Code Section 415 and regulations issued thereunder. In no event, however, shall the “compensation” of a Participant taken into account under the Plan for any Plan Year exceed $150,000 (subject to adjustment annually as provided in Code Sections 401(a)(17)(B) and 415(d); provided, however, that the dollar increase in effect on January 1 of any calendar year, if any, is effective for Plan Years beginning in such calendar year). If the “compensation” of a Participant is determined over a period of time that contains fewer than 12 calendar months, then the annual “compensation” limitation described above shall be adjusted with respect to that Participant by multiplying the annual “compensation” limitation in effect for the Plan Year by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of full months in the period and the denominator of which is twelve (12); provided, however, that no proration is “required” for a Participant who is covered under the Plan for less than one full Plan Year if the formula for allocations is based on “compensation” for a period of at least twelve (12) months.

The “ determination date ” with respect to any Plan Year means the last day of the preceding Plan Year, except that the “determination date” with respect to the first Plan Year of the Plan, shall mean the last day of such Plan Year.

A “ key employee ” means any Employee or former Employee who is a “key employee” pursuant to the provisions of Code Section 416(i)(1) and any Beneficiary of such Employee or former Employee.

A “ non-key employee ” means any Employee who is not a “key employee”.

A “ permissive aggregation group ” means those plans included in each Employer’s “required aggregation group” together with any other plan or plans of the Employer, so long as the entire group of plans would continue to meet the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) and 410.

A “ required aggregation group ” means the group of tax-qualified plans maintained by an Employer or a Related Company consisting of each plan in which a “key employee” participates and each other plan that enables a plan in which a “key employee” participates to meet the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4) or Code Section 410, including any plan that terminated within the five (5)-year period ending on the relevant “determination date”.

 

77


A “ super top-heavy group ” with respect to a particular Plan Year means a “required” or “permissive aggregation group” that, as of the “determination date”, would qualify as a “top-heavy group” under the definition in this Section with “ninety (90) percent” substituted for “sixty (60) percent” each place where “sixty (60) percent” appears in the definition.

A “ super top-heavy plan ” with respect to a particular Plan Year means a plan that, as of the “determination date”, would qualify as a “top-heavy plan” under the definition in this Section with “ninety (90) percent” substituted for “sixty (60) percent” each place where “sixty (60) percent” appears in the definition. A plan is also a “super top-heavy plan” if it is part of a “super top-heavy group”.

A “ top-heavy group ” with respect to a particular Plan Year means a “required” or “permissive aggregation group” if the sum, as of the “determination date”, of the present value of the cumulative accrued benefits for “key employees” under all defined benefit plans included in such group and the aggregate of the account balances of “key employees” under all defined contribution plans included in such group exceeds sixty (60) percent of a similar sum determined for all employees covered by the plans included in such group.

A “ top-heavy plan ” with respect to a particular Plan Year means (i), in the case of a defined contribution plan (including any simplified employee pension plan), a plan for which, as of the “determination date”, the aggregate of the accounts (within the meaning of Code Section 416(g) and the regulations and rulings thereunder) of “key employees” exceeds 60 percent of the aggregate of the accounts of all participants under the plan, with the accounts valued as of the relevant valuation date and increased for any distribution of an account balance made in the five-year period ending on the “determination date”, (ii), in the case of a defined benefit plan, a plan for which, as of the “determination date”, the present value of the cumulative accrued benefits payable under the plan (within the meaning of Code Section 416(g) and the regulations and rulings thereunder) to “key employees” exceeds sixty (60) percent of the present value of the cumulative accrued benefits under the plan for all employees, with the present value of accrued benefits for employees (other than “key employees”) to be determined under the accrual method uniformly used under all plans maintained by an Employer or, if no such method exists, under the slowest accrual method permitted under the fractional accrual rate of Code Section 411(b)(1)(C) and including the present value of any part of any accrued benefits distributed in the five(5)-year period ending on the “determination date”, and (iii) any plan (including any simplified employee pension plan) included in a “required aggregation group” that is a “top-heavy group”. For purposes of this paragraph, the accounts and accrued benefits of any employee who has not performed services for an Employer or a Related Company during the five (5)-year period ending on the “determination date” shall be disregarded. For purposes of this paragraph, the present value of cumulative accrued benefits under a defined benefit plan for purposes of top-heavy determinations shall be calculated using the actuarial assumptions otherwise employed under such plan, except that the same actuarial assumptions shall be used for

 

78


all plans within a “required” or “permissive aggregation group”. A Participant’s interest in the Plan attributable to any Rollover Contributions, except Rollover Contributions made from a plan maintained by an Employer or a Related Company, shall not be considered in determining whether the Plan is top-heavy. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a plan is included in a “required” or “permissive aggregation group” that is not a “top-heavy group”, such plan shall not be a “top-heavy plan”.

The “ valuation date ” with respect to any “determination date” means the most recent Valuation Date occurring within the 12-month period ending on the “determination date”.

22.2 Applicability

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, the provisions of this Article shall be applicable during any Plan Year in which the Plan is determined to be a “top-heavy plan” as hereinafter defined.

22.3 Minimum Employer Contribution

If the Plan is determined to be a “top-heavy plan” for a Plan Year, the Employer Contributions, other than Matching Contributions, allocated to the Account of each “non-key employee” who is an Eligible Employee and who is employed by an Employer or a Related Company on the last day of such top-heavy Plan Year shall be no less than the lesser of (i) three (3) percent of his “compensation” or (ii) the largest percentage of “compensation” that is allocated as an Employer Contribution and/or Tax-Deferred Contribution for such Plan Year to the Account of any “key employee”; except that, in the event the Plan is part of a “required aggregation group”, and the Plan enables a defined benefit plan included in such group to meet the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4) or 410, the minimum allocation of Employer Contributions to each such “non-key employee” shall be three (3) percent of the “compensation” of such “non-key employee”. Any minimum allocation to a “non-key employee” required by this Section shall be made without regard to any social security contribution made on behalf of the non-key employee, his level of “compensation”, or whether he declined to make elective or mandatory contributions, but shall be reduced by the contributions allocated to the “non-key employee’s” account under any other defined contribution plan maintained by the Employer or a Related Company.

In lieu of the minimum top-heavy allocation otherwise required under this Section, each “non-key employee” who is an Eligible Employee and is employed by an Employer or a Related Company on the last day of a top-heavy Plan Year and who is also covered under a top-heavy defined benefit plan maintained by an Employer or a Related Company will receive the top-heavy benefits provided under the defined benefit plan offset by the benefits provided under the Plan.

Employer Contributions allocated to a Participant’s Account in accordance with this Section shall be considered “annual additions” under Article VII for the “limitation year”

 

79


for which they are made and shall be separately accounted for. Employer Contributions allocated to a Participant’s Account shall be allocated upon receipt among the Investment Funds in accordance with the Participant’s currently effective investment election.

*                 *                 *

EXECUTED AT _________________Peabody__________________,

_____MA___________, this ___16th__ day of _____July___________, _2007__.

 

ANALOGIC CORPORATION

By:  

/s/John J. Millerick

 

John J. Millerick

Senior Vice President, Treasurer and Chief

Financial Officer

 

80


APPENDIX TO

ANALOGIC 401(K) PLAN

 

  Re: Minimum Distribution Requirements

SECTION I

DEFINITIONS

1.1 Definitions

For purposes of this Appendix the following terms have the following meanings. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, any term defined in Section 1.1 of the Plan has the meaning given such term in such Section.

A Participant’s “ designated beneficiary ” means the individual who is designated as the Participant’s Beneficiary under Article XVII of the Plan and is the designated beneficiary under Code Section 401(a)(9) and Section 1.401(a)(9)-1, Q&A-4, of the Treasury regulations.

A “ distribution calendar year ” means a calendar year for which a minimum distribution is required. For distributions beginning before the Participant’s death, the first “distribution calendar year” is the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year which contains the Participant’s Required Beginning Date. For distributions beginning after the Participant’s death, the first “distribution calendar year” is the calendar year in which distributions are required to begin under Section 3.2 of this Appendix. The required minimum distribution for the Participant’s first “distribution calendar year” will be made on or before the Participant’s Required Beginning Date. The required minimum distribution for other “distribution calendar years”, including the required minimum distribution for the “distribution calendar year” in which the Participant’s Required Beginning Date occurs, will be made on or before December 31 of that “distribution calendar year”.

A Participant’s or Beneficiary’s “ life expectancy ” means his life expectancy as computed by use of the Single Life Table in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations.

A “ Participant’s account balance ” means the Account balance as of the last Valuation Date in the calendar year immediately preceding the “distribution calendar year” (the “valuation calendar year”) increased by the amount of any contributions made and allocated or forfeitures allocated to the Account balance as of dates in the “valuation calendar year” after the Valuation Date and decreased by distributions made in the “valuation calendar year” after the Valuation Date. The Account balance for the “valuation calendar year” includes any amounts rolled over or transferred to the Plan either in the “valuation calendar year” or in the “distribution calendar year” if distributed or transferred in the “valuation calendar year”.

 

81


SECTION II

GENERAL RULES

2.1 Effective Date

The provisions of this Appendix will apply for purposes of determining required minimum distributions for calendar years beginning with the 2003 calendar year.

2.2 Precedence

The requirements of this Appendix will take precedence over any inconsistent provisions of the Plan. In addition, the definition of “life expectancy” in this Appendix will take precedence over the definition of life expectancy described in the Plan with respect to installment payments.

2.3 Requirements of Treasury Regulations Incorporated

All distributions required under this Appendix will be determined and made in accordance with the Treasury regulations under Code Section 401(a)(9).

SECTION III

TIME AND MANNER OF DISTRIBUTION

3.1 Required Beginning Date

A Participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, to the Participant no later than the Participant’s Required Beginning Date.

3.2 Death of Participant Before Distributions Begin

If a Participant dies before distributions begin, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed no later than as follows:

 

(a) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole “designated beneficiary”, then distribution to the surviving spouse will be made in a single sum payment by the later of (i) December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Participant’s death or (ii) December 31 of the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age seventy and one-half (70 1/2).

 

(b)

If the Participant’s surviving spouse is not the Participant’s sole “designated beneficiary”, then the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed to the

 

82


 

“designated beneficiary” by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Participant’s death.

 

(c) If there is no “designated beneficiary” as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Participant’s death.

 

(d) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole “designated beneficiary” and the surviving spouse dies after the Participant but before distributions to the surviving spouse begin, this Section 3.2, other than Section 3.2(a), will apply as if the surviving spouse were the Participant.

For purposes of this Section 3.2, unless Section 3.2(d) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the Participant’s Required Beginning Date. If Section 3.2(d) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under Section 3.2(a).

3.3 Form of Distribution

Unless the Participant’s interest is distributed in a single sum on or before the Required Beginning Date, distribution shall be made for each “distribution calendar year” in a single sum payment equal to the Participant’s full vested interest in his Account determined as of the date payment is made.

SECTION IV

REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS

AFTER PARTICIPANT’S DEATH

4.1 Death On or After Date Distributions Begin

If a Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin, the Participant’s remaining Account balance shall be distributed in a single sum by the close of the “distribution calendar year” in which the Participant’s death occurred or, if distribution was made to the Participant for such “distribution calendar year”, no later than the close of the “distribution calendar year” following the year of the Participant’s death.

4.2 Death Before Date Distributions Begin

If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin, distribution of the Participant’s Account shall be made in a single sum payment within the period described in Section 3.2.

 

83

EXHIBIT 10.23

Date:

To:

From: John J. Millerick

 


NOTIFICATION OF STOCK GRANT

You are hereby notified that on                      the Board of Directors of Analogic Corporation (the “Company”) voted to grant to you Amount shares of the Company’s common stock (the “Shares”) under the Key Employee Stock Bonus Plan dated March 14, 1983, as amended (the “Plan”).

In accordance with the terms of the Plan, you are requested to sign the attached Non-Competition Agreement, following which stock certificates representing the Shares will be executed in your name. These certificates will be held in escrow by the Company until such time as restrictions upon your disposition of the Shares shall lapse. The restrictions, as to the first 25% of the Shares, shall lapse on                      . On the anniversary of                      in each of the next three (3) years, the restrictions upon your disposition as to another 25% of the Shares shall lapse. Each time that the restrictions upon your disposition of any of the Shares shall lapse, under present Internal Revenue Regulations, certain federal and state income taxes will be due.

Attached hereto is the Plan Prospectus (with the Plan itself attached as Exhibit A). The Plan sets forth the terms and conditions of this Grant. By signing this document, the recipient agrees to accept the Grant of the above mentioned shares of Analogic Common Stock in accordance with all terms and conditions of the Plan.

 


Page 2

Please sign each Notification of Stock Grant and the Non-Competition Agreement, keep one copy of the signed Notification of Stock Grant for your files, and return both a signed Notification of Stock Grant and the Non-Competition Agreement to:

John J. Millerick

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

Analogic Corporation

8 Centennial Drive

Peabody, MA 01960

 

      ANALOGIC CORPORATION
Name:         By:    
       

John J. Millerick

Senior Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer


NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT

The undersigned, NAME , an employee of Analogic Corporation, a United States corporation with its principal place of business in Peabody, MA (hereinafter referred to as the “Company”), in consideration of the transfer of shares of the Company’s Common Stock to the undersigned under and in accordance with the provisions of the Key Employee Stock Bonus Plan dated March 14, 1983, as amended (the “Plan”), and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt whereof is hereby acknowledged, hereby covenants and agrees with the Company that, during the period of one (1) year commencing with the date of the cessation of his employment by the Company, however caused, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the undersigned will not accept an identical or substantially similar position to that held by him at the Company immediately prior to the cessation of his employment with the Company with any business (including without limitation any business conducted by a person, firm, association, or corporation) that is directly competitive with the business of the Company or otherwise have any material investment or interest in any such business.

If the Company shall merge or consolidate with any corporation and the Company shall not be the surviving corporation or if the Company shall sell or exchange substantially all of its assets, or if more than 40% of the voting securities of the Company shall be beneficially owned (directly or indirectly) by any other entity, the obligations of the undersigned to the Company under this instrument shall ipso facto terminate and be of no further effect whatsoever.

Notwithstanding the provisions of the first paragraph of this Agreement, in the event that the employment of the undersigned by the Company shall terminate prior to retirement and such cessation of employment shall in no way be attributable to either the resignation (or other voluntary act) of the undersigned or the fault (or conduct) of the undersigned, the undersigned may apply to the Stock Plan Committee (the “Committee”) appointed to administer the aforesaid Stock Bonus Plan for a termination of the obligations of the undersigned under this instrument, and, in such event, upon a determination by the Committee that such cessation of employment of the undersigned was in no way attributable to either the resignation (or other voluntary act) of the undersigned or the fault (or conduct) of the undersigned, all of the obligations of the undersigned of the Company under this instrument shall terminate on the effective date of any such determination by the Committee. Any determination made by the Committee with respect to any such application by the undersigned shall be conclusive and binding upon both the Company and the undersigned.

The obligations of the undersigned hereunder shall expire in any event five (5) years from the date hereof.

 


This instrument shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and shall take effect as an instrument under seal as of the day and year shown below.

 

DATE:       
  By:        

Rev. 1.1

EXHIBIT 21

 

Name

    

Jurisdiction of

Incorporation

Analogic Limited

    

Massachusetts

ANALOGIC FOREIGN SALES CORPORATION

    

U.S. Virgin Islands

Analogic Holding Luxembourg S.a.r.l.  

    

Luxembourg

ANALOGIC SECURITIES CORPORATION

    

Massachusetts

ANADVENTURE II CORPORATION

    

Massachusetts

ANA\DVENTURE 3 CORPORATION

    

Massachusetts

ANADVENTURE DELAWARE, INC.  

    

Delaware

AnaSky Limited (formerly known as SKY COMPUTERS, INC.)

    

Massachusetts

ANATEL COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

    

Massachusetts

ANEXA Corporation

    

Massachusetts

Anexa Financial Services, Inc.  

    

Massachusetts

ANRAD CORPORATION

    

Province of Nova Scotia, Canada

B-K Medical Holding ApS

    

Denmark

B-K Medical ApS

    

Denmark

B-K Medical AB

    

Sweden

B-K Medical (Asia) Pte. Ltd.  

    

Singapore

B-K Medical Benelux NV/SA

    

Belgium

B-K Medical Medizinische Systeme GmbH

    

Germany

B-K Medicale S.r.L

    

Italy

B-K Medical Systems, Inc.  

    

Massachusetts

B-K Medical (China) Limited

    

Hong Kong

FTNI Inc.  

    

Province of Quebec, Canada

International Security Systems Corporation

    

Massachusetts

SKY Computers (Europe) Ltd.  

    

England

Sound Technology, Inc.  

    

Pennsylvania

EXHIBIT 23

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements of Form S-8 (File Nos. 033-05913, 33-53381, 33-27372, 333-40715, 333-55588, 333-113039, 333-113040, 333-129010, and 333-143743) of Analogic Corporation of our report dated September 27, 2007 relating to the financial statements, financial statement schedule, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10-K.

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

September 27, 2007

EXHIBIT 31.1

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a)/RULE 15d-14(a) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED

I, James W. Green, certify that:

 

  1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Analogic Corporation:

 

  2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

  3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

  4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

  5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

      /s/    J AMES W. G REEN        
Date: September 27, 2007    

James W. Green

President and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

EXHIBIT 31.2

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a)/RULE 15d-14(a) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED

I, John J. Millerick, certify that:

 

  1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Analogic Corporation:

 

  2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

  3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

  4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

  5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

      /s/    J OHN J. M ILLERICK        
Date: September 27, 2007    

John J. Millerick

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

EXHIBIT 32.1

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Analogic Corporation (the “Company”) for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2007 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), the undersigned, James W. Green, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, that, to the best of his knowledge:

 

  (1) the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

 

  (2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

      /s/    J AMES W. G REEN        
Date: September 27, 2007    

James W. Green

President and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

EXHIBIT 32.2

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Analogic Corporation (the “Company”) for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2007 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), the undersigned, John J. Millerick, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, that, to the best of his knowledge:

 

  (1) the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

 

  (2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

      /s/    J OHN J. M ILLERICK        
Date: September 27, 2007    

John J. Millerick

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)